1 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2 // Name: src/richtext/richtextbuffer.cpp
3 // Purpose: Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
4 // Author: Julian Smart
7 // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
8 // Licence: wxWindows licence
9 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
11 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
12 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
20 #include "wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h"
26 #include "wx/dataobj.h"
27 #include "wx/module.h"
30 #include "wx/settings.h"
31 #include "wx/filename.h"
32 #include "wx/clipbrd.h"
33 #include "wx/wfstream.h"
34 #include "wx/mstream.h"
35 #include "wx/sstream.h"
36 #include "wx/textfile.h"
37 #include "wx/hashmap.h"
38 #include "wx/dynarray.h"
40 #include "wx/richtext/richtextctrl.h"
41 #include "wx/richtext/richtextstyles.h"
42 #include "wx/richtext/richtextimagedlg.h"
43 #include "wx/richtext/richtextsizepage.h"
44 #include "wx/richtext/richtextxml.h"
46 #include "wx/listimpl.cpp"
47 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
49 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextObjectList
)
50 WX_DEFINE_LIST(wxRichTextLineList
)
52 // Switch off if the platform doesn't like it for some reason
53 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING 1
55 // Use GetPartialTextExtents for platforms that support it natively
56 #define wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS 1
58 const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar
= (wxChar
) 29;
60 // Helper classes for floating layout
61 struct wxRichTextFloatRectMap
63 wxRichTextFloatRectMap(int sY
, int eY
, int w
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
73 wxRichTextObject
* anchor
;
76 WX_DEFINE_SORTED_ARRAY(wxRichTextFloatRectMap
*, wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
);
78 int wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp(wxRichTextFloatRectMap
* r1
, wxRichTextFloatRectMap
* r2
)
80 return r1
->startY
- r2
->startY
;
83 class wxRichTextFloatCollector
86 wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect
& availableRect
);
87 ~wxRichTextFloatCollector();
89 // Collect the floating objects info in the given paragraph
90 void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
);
91 void CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
, wxRichTextObject
* floating
);
93 // Return the last paragraph we collected
94 wxRichTextParagraph
* LastParagraph();
96 // Given the start y position and the height of the line,
97 // find out how wide the line can be
98 wxRect
GetAvailableRect(int startY
, int endY
);
100 // Given a floating box, find its fit position
101 int GetFitPosition(int direction
, int start
, int height
) const;
102 int GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int start
, int height
) const;
104 // Find the last y position
105 int GetLastRectBottom();
107 // Draw the floats inside a rect
108 void Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
);
110 // HitTest the floats
111 int HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int flags
);
113 // Get floating object count
114 int GetFloatingObjectCount() const { return m_left
.GetCount() + m_right
.GetCount(); }
116 // Get floating objects
117 bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList
& objects
) const;
120 bool DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
);
122 // Do we have this float already?
123 bool HasFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
);
125 bool HasFloats() const { return m_left
.GetCount() >0 || m_right
.GetCount() > 0; }
127 static int SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int point
);
129 static int GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int index
, int startY
, int endY
);
131 static void FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
);
133 static void DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
);
135 static int HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int flags
);
138 wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_left
;
139 wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray m_right
;
141 wxRect m_availableRect
;
142 wxRichTextParagraph
* m_para
;
146 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::DeleteFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
149 for (i
= 0; i
< m_left
.GetCount(); i
++)
151 if (m_left
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
157 for (i
= 0; i
< m_right
.GetCount(); i
++)
159 if (m_right
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
168 // Do we have this float already?
169 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::HasFloat(wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
172 for (i
= 0; i
< m_left
.GetCount(); i
++)
174 if (m_left
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
179 for (i
= 0; i
< m_right
.GetCount(); i
++)
181 if (m_right
[i
]->anchor
== obj
)
189 // Get floating objects
190 bool wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList
& objects
) const
193 for (i
= 0; i
< m_left
.GetCount(); i
++)
194 objects
.Append(m_left
[i
]->anchor
);
195 for (i
= 0; i
< m_right
.GetCount(); i
++)
196 objects
.Append(m_right
[i
]->anchor
);
202 * Binary search helper function
203 * The argument point is the Y coordinate, and this fuction
204 * always return the floating rect that contain this coordinate
205 * or under this coordinate.
207 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::SearchAdjacentRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int point
)
209 int end
= array
.GetCount() - 1;
222 int mid
= (start
+ end
) / 2;
223 if (array
[mid
]->startY
<= point
&& array
[mid
]->endY
>= point
)
225 else if (array
[mid
]->startY
> point
)
230 else if (array
[mid
]->endY
< point
)
240 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetWidthFromFloatRect(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int index
, int startY
, int endY
)
243 int len
= array
.GetCount();
245 wxASSERT(index
>= 0 && index
< len
);
247 if (array
[index
]->startY
< startY
&& array
[index
]->endY
> startY
)
248 ret
= ret
< array
[index
]->width
? array
[index
]->width
: ret
;
249 while (index
< len
&& array
[index
]->startY
<= endY
)
251 ret
= ret
< array
[index
]->width
? array
[index
]->width
: ret
;
258 wxRichTextFloatCollector::wxRichTextFloatCollector(const wxRect
& rect
) : m_left(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp
), m_right(wxRichTextFloatRectMapCmp
)
260 m_availableRect
= rect
;
264 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::FreeFloatRectMapArray(wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
)
266 int len
= array
.GetCount();
267 for (int i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
271 wxRichTextFloatCollector::~wxRichTextFloatCollector()
273 FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_left
);
274 FreeFloatRectMapArray(m_right
);
277 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, int start
, int height
) const
279 if (array
.GetCount() == 0)
282 int i
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, start
);
284 while (i
< (int) array
.GetCount())
286 if (array
[i
]->startY
- last
>= height
)
288 last
= array
[i
]->endY
;
295 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetFitPosition(int direction
, int start
, int height
) const
297 if (direction
== wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT
)
298 return GetFitPosition(m_left
, start
, height
);
299 else if (direction
== wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT
)
300 return GetFitPosition(m_right
, start
, height
);
303 wxASSERT("Never should be here");
308 // Adds a floating image to the float collector.
309 // The actual positioning is done by wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat.
310 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
, wxRichTextObject
* floating
)
312 int direction
= floating
->GetFloatDirection();
314 wxPoint pos
= floating
->GetPosition();
315 wxSize size
= floating
->GetCachedSize();
316 wxRichTextFloatRectMap
*map
= new wxRichTextFloatRectMap(pos
.y
, pos
.y
+ size
.y
, size
.x
, floating
);
319 case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE
:
322 case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT
:
323 // Just a not-enough simple assertion
324 wxASSERT (m_left
.Index(map
) == wxNOT_FOUND
);
327 case wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT
:
328 wxASSERT (m_right
.Index(map
) == wxNOT_FOUND
);
333 wxASSERT("Unrecognised float attribute.");
339 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::CollectFloat(wxRichTextParagraph
* para
)
341 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
344 wxRichTextObject
* floating
= node
->GetData();
346 if (floating
->IsFloating())
348 CollectFloat(para
, floating
);
351 node
= node
->GetNext();
357 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextFloatCollector::LastParagraph()
362 wxRect
wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetAvailableRect(int startY
, int endY
)
364 int widthLeft
= 0, widthRight
= 0;
365 if (m_left
.GetCount() != 0)
367 int i
= SearchAdjacentRect(m_left
, startY
);
368 if (i
< (int) m_left
.GetCount())
369 widthLeft
= GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_left
, i
, startY
, endY
);
371 if (m_right
.GetCount() != 0)
373 int j
= SearchAdjacentRect(m_right
, startY
);
374 if (j
< (int) m_right
.GetCount())
375 widthRight
= GetWidthFromFloatRect(m_right
, j
, startY
, endY
);
378 // TODO: actually we want to use the actual image positions to find the
379 // available remaining space, since the image might not be right up against
380 // the left or right edge of the container.
381 return wxRect(widthLeft
+ m_availableRect
.x
, 0, m_availableRect
.width
- widthLeft
- widthRight
, 0);
384 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::GetLastRectBottom()
387 int len
= m_left
.GetCount();
389 ret
= ret
> m_left
[len
-1]->endY
? ret
: m_left
[len
-1]->endY
;
391 len
= m_right
.GetCount();
393 ret
= ret
> m_right
[len
-1]->endY
? ret
: m_right
[len
-1]->endY
;
399 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::DrawFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
), const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
402 int end
= rect
.y
+ rect
.height
;
404 i
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, start
);
405 if (i
< 0 || i
>= (int) array
.GetCount())
407 j
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, end
);
408 if (j
< 0 || j
>= (int) array
.GetCount())
409 j
= array
.GetCount() - 1;
412 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= array
[i
]->anchor
;
413 wxRichTextRange r
= obj
->GetRange();
414 obj
->Draw(dc
, context
, r
, selection
, wxRect(obj
->GetPosition(), obj
->GetCachedSize()), descent
, style
);
419 void wxRichTextFloatCollector::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
421 if (m_left
.GetCount() > 0)
422 DrawFloat(m_left
, dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
423 if (m_right
.GetCount() > 0)
424 DrawFloat(m_right
, dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
427 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTestFloat(const wxRichTextFloatRectMapArray
& array
, wxDC
& WXUNUSED(dc
), wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
430 if (array
.GetCount() == 0)
431 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
432 i
= SearchAdjacentRect(array
, pt
.y
);
433 if (i
< 0 || i
>= (int) array
.GetCount())
434 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
435 if (!array
[i
]->anchor
->IsShown())
436 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
438 wxPoint point
= array
[i
]->anchor
->GetPosition();
439 wxSize size
= array
[i
]->anchor
->GetCachedSize();
440 if (point
.x
<= pt
.x
&& point
.x
+ size
.x
>= pt
.x
441 && point
.y
<= pt
.y
&& point
.y
+ size
.y
>= pt
.y
)
443 textPosition
= array
[i
]->anchor
->GetRange().GetStart();
444 * obj
= array
[i
]->anchor
;
445 if (pt
.x
> (pt
.x
+ pt
.x
+ size
.x
) / 2)
446 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
;
448 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
;
451 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
454 int wxRichTextFloatCollector::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, int flags
)
456 int ret
= HitTestFloat(m_left
, dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, flags
);
457 if (ret
== wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
459 ret
= HitTestFloat(m_right
, dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, flags
);
464 // Helpers for efficiency
465 inline void wxCheckSetFont(wxDC
& dc
, const wxFont
& font
)
470 inline void wxCheckSetPen(wxDC
& dc
, const wxPen
& pen
)
472 const wxPen
& pen1
= dc
.GetPen();
473 if (pen1
.IsOk() && pen
.IsOk())
475 if (pen1
.GetWidth() == pen
.GetWidth() &&
476 pen1
.GetStyle() == pen
.GetStyle() &&
477 pen1
.GetColour() == pen
.GetColour())
483 inline void wxCheckSetBrush(wxDC
& dc
, const wxBrush
& brush
)
485 const wxBrush
& brush1
= dc
.GetBrush();
486 if (brush1
.IsOk() && brush
.IsOk())
488 if (brush1
.GetStyle() == brush
.GetStyle() &&
489 brush1
.GetColour() == brush
.GetColour())
497 * This is the base for drawable objects.
500 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextObject
, wxObject
)
502 wxRichTextObject::wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject
* parent
)
510 wxRichTextObject::~wxRichTextObject()
514 void wxRichTextObject::Dereference()
522 void wxRichTextObject::Copy(const wxRichTextObject
& obj
)
525 m_maxSize
= obj
.m_maxSize
;
526 m_minSize
= obj
.m_minSize
;
528 m_range
= obj
.m_range
;
529 m_ownRange
= obj
.m_ownRange
;
530 m_attributes
= obj
.m_attributes
;
531 m_properties
= obj
.m_properties
;
532 m_descent
= obj
.m_descent
;
536 // Get/set the top-level container of this object.
537 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* wxRichTextObject::GetContainer() const
539 const wxRichTextObject
* p
= this;
544 return wxDynamicCast(p
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
551 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int margin
)
553 SetMargins(margin
, margin
, margin
, margin
);
556 void wxRichTextObject::SetMargins(int leftMargin
, int rightMargin
, int topMargin
, int bottomMargin
)
558 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().SetValue(leftMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
559 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().SetValue(rightMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
560 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().SetValue(topMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
561 GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().SetValue(bottomMargin
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
564 int wxRichTextObject::GetLeftMargin() const
566 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().GetValue();
569 int wxRichTextObject::GetRightMargin() const
571 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().GetValue();
574 int wxRichTextObject::GetTopMargin() const
576 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().GetValue();
579 int wxRichTextObject::GetBottomMargin() const
581 return GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().GetValue();
584 // Calculate the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
585 // margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
586 wxRect
wxRichTextObject::GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& outerRect
) const
588 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
589 marginRect
= outerRect
;
590 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
591 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, (wxRichTextObject
*) this);
592 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
596 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
597 void wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
599 if (invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
601 // If this is a floating object, size may not be recalculated
602 // after floats have been collected in an early stage of Layout.
603 // So avoid resetting the cache for floating objects during layout.
604 if (!IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
605 SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize
);
606 SetMaxSize(wxDefaultSize
);
607 SetMinSize(wxDefaultSize
);
611 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
612 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC
& dc
, int units
) const
617 scale
= GetBuffer()->GetScale() / GetBuffer()->GetDimensionScale();
618 int p
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
.GetPPI().x
, units
, scale
);
623 // Convert units in tenths of a millimetre to device units
624 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi
, int units
, double scale
)
626 // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
628 double pixels
= ((double) units
* (double)ppi
) / 254.1;
632 // If the result is very small, make it at least one pixel in size.
633 if (pixels
== 0 && units
> 0)
639 // Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre
640 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC
& dc
, int pixels
) const
645 scale
= GetBuffer()->GetScale();
647 return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc
.GetPPI().x
, p
, scale
);
650 int wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi
, int pixels
, double scale
)
652 // There are ppi pixels in 254.1 "1/10 mm"
654 double p
= double(pixels
);
659 int units
= int( p
* 254.1 / (double) ppi
);
663 // Draw the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
664 // Width and height are taken to be the outer margin size, not the content.
665 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& boxRect
, int flags
)
667 // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
668 wxRect marginRect
= boxRect
;
669 wxRect contentRect
, borderRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
671 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
673 // Margin is transparent. Draw background from margin.
674 if (attr
.HasBackgroundColour() || (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED
))
677 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED
)
679 // TODO: get selection colour from control?
680 colour
= wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT
);
683 colour
= attr
.GetBackgroundColour();
686 wxBrush
brush(colour
);
690 dc
.DrawRectangle(borderRect
);
693 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES
)
695 wxRichTextAttr editBorderAttr
= attr
;
696 // TODO: make guideline colour configurable
697 editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetColour(*wxLIGHT_GREY
);
698 editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetWidth(1, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
699 editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().SetStyle(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID
);
701 DrawBorder(dc
, buffer
, editBorderAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect
, flags
);
704 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().IsValid())
705 DrawBorder(dc
, buffer
, attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder(), borderRect
);
707 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().IsValid())
708 DrawBorder(dc
, buffer
, attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline(), outlineRect
);
714 bool wxRichTextObject::DrawBorder(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxTextAttrBorders
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
716 int borderLeft
= 0, borderRight
= 0, borderTop
= 0, borderBottom
= 0;
717 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, buffer
? buffer
->GetScale() : 1.0);
719 if (attr
.GetLeft().IsValid() && attr
.GetLeft().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
721 borderLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetLeft().GetWidth());
722 wxColour
col(attr
.GetLeft().GetColour());
724 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
727 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
728 if (attr
.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
730 else if (attr
.GetLeft().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
731 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
732 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
734 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, rect
.x
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
);
737 else if (borderLeft
> 1)
743 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, borderLeft
, rect
.height
);
747 if (attr
.GetRight().IsValid() && attr
.GetRight().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
749 borderRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetRight().GetWidth());
751 wxColour
col(attr
.GetRight().GetColour());
753 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
754 if (borderRight
== 1)
756 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
757 if (attr
.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
759 else if (attr
.GetRight().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
760 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
761 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
763 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
, rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
+ 1);
766 else if (borderRight
> 1)
772 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
+ rect
.width
- borderRight
, rect
.y
, borderRight
, rect
.height
);
776 if (attr
.GetTop().IsValid() && attr
.GetTop().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
778 borderTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTop().GetWidth());
780 wxColour
col(attr
.GetTop().GetColour());
782 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
785 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
786 if (attr
.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
788 else if (attr
.GetTop().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
789 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
790 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
792 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
);
795 else if (borderTop
> 1)
801 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, rect
.width
, borderTop
);
805 if (attr
.GetBottom().IsValid() && attr
.GetBottom().GetStyle() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE
)
807 borderBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetBottom().GetWidth());
808 wxColour
col(attr
.GetBottom().GetColour());
810 // If pen width is > 1, resorts to a solid rectangle.
811 if (borderBottom
== 1)
813 int penStyle
= wxSOLID
;
814 if (attr
.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED
)
816 else if (attr
.GetBottom().GetStyle() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED
)
817 penStyle
= wxLONG_DASH
;
818 wxPen
pen(col
, 1, penStyle
);
820 dc
.DrawLine(rect
.x
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
, rect
.x
+ rect
.width
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
);
823 else if (borderBottom
> 1)
829 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
.x
, rect
.y
+ rect
.height
- borderBottom
, rect
.width
, borderBottom
);
836 // Get the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify contentRect (inner)
837 // or marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
838 // Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
841 // | Margin | Border | Padding | CONTENT | Padding | Border | Margin |
843 bool wxRichTextObject::GetBoxRects(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, wxRect
& marginRect
, wxRect
& borderRect
, wxRect
& contentRect
, wxRect
& paddingRect
, wxRect
& outlineRect
)
845 int borderLeft
= 0, borderRight
= 0, borderTop
= 0, borderBottom
= 0;
846 int outlineLeft
= 0, outlineRight
= 0, outlineTop
= 0, outlineBottom
= 0;
847 int paddingLeft
= 0, paddingRight
= 0, paddingTop
= 0, paddingBottom
= 0;
848 int marginLeft
= 0, marginRight
= 0, marginTop
= 0, marginBottom
= 0;
850 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, buffer
? buffer
->GetScale() : 1.0);
852 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft().IsValid())
853 marginLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetLeft());
854 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight().IsValid())
855 marginRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetRight());
856 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop().IsValid())
857 marginTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetTop());
858 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom().IsValid())
859 marginBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetMargins().GetBottom());
861 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
862 borderLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetLeft().GetWidth());
863 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
864 borderRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetRight().GetWidth());
865 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
866 borderTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetTop().GetWidth());
867 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetBottom().GetWidth().IsValid())
868 borderBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetBorder().GetBottom().GetWidth());
870 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
871 paddingLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
872 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight().IsValid())
873 paddingRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetRight());
874 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
875 paddingTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
876 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom().IsValid())
877 paddingBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetBottom());
879 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth().IsValid())
880 outlineLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetLeft().GetWidth());
881 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth().IsValid())
882 outlineRight
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetRight().GetWidth());
883 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth().IsValid())
884 outlineTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetTop().GetWidth());
885 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth().IsValid())
886 outlineBottom
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetOutline().GetBottom().GetWidth());
888 int leftTotal
= marginLeft
+ borderLeft
+ paddingLeft
;
889 int rightTotal
= marginRight
+ borderRight
+ paddingRight
;
890 int topTotal
= marginTop
+ borderTop
+ paddingTop
;
891 int bottomTotal
= marginBottom
+ borderBottom
+ paddingBottom
;
893 if (marginRect
!= wxRect())
895 contentRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
+ leftTotal
;
896 contentRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
+ topTotal
;
897 contentRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
- (leftTotal
+ rightTotal
);
898 contentRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
- (topTotal
+ bottomTotal
);
902 marginRect
.x
= contentRect
.x
- leftTotal
;
903 marginRect
.y
= contentRect
.y
- topTotal
;
904 marginRect
.width
= contentRect
.width
+ (leftTotal
+ rightTotal
);
905 marginRect
.height
= contentRect
.height
+ (topTotal
+ bottomTotal
);
908 borderRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
+ marginLeft
;
909 borderRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
+ marginTop
;
910 borderRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
- (marginLeft
+ marginRight
);
911 borderRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
- (marginTop
+ marginBottom
);
913 paddingRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
+ marginLeft
+ borderLeft
;
914 paddingRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
+ marginTop
+ borderTop
;
915 paddingRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
- (marginLeft
+ marginRight
+ borderLeft
+ borderRight
);
916 paddingRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
- (marginTop
+ marginBottom
+ borderTop
+ borderBottom
);
918 // The outline is outside the margin and doesn't influence the overall box position or content size.
919 outlineRect
.x
= marginRect
.x
- outlineLeft
;
920 outlineRect
.y
= marginRect
.y
- outlineTop
;
921 outlineRect
.width
= marginRect
.width
+ (outlineLeft
+ outlineRight
);
922 outlineRect
.height
= marginRect
.height
+ (outlineTop
+ outlineBottom
);
927 // Get the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size
928 bool wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, int& leftMargin
, int& rightMargin
,
929 int& topMargin
, int& bottomMargin
)
931 // Assume boxRect is the area around the content
932 wxRect contentRect
, marginRect
, borderRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
933 marginRect
= wxRect(0, 0, 1000, 1000);
935 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
937 leftMargin
= contentRect
.GetLeft() - marginRect
.GetLeft();
938 rightMargin
= marginRect
.GetRight() - contentRect
.GetRight();
939 topMargin
= contentRect
.GetTop() - marginRect
.GetTop();
940 bottomMargin
= marginRect
.GetBottom() - contentRect
.GetBottom();
945 // Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
946 // child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
947 // availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to.
948 // E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent.
949 wxRect
wxRichTextObject::AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, const wxRichTextAttr
& WXUNUSED(parentAttr
), const wxRichTextAttr
& childAttr
, const wxRect
& availableParentSpace
, const wxRect
& availableContainerSpace
)
951 wxRect rect
= availableParentSpace
;
954 scale
= buffer
->GetScale();
956 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, availableContainerSpace
.GetSize());
958 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
959 rect
.width
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
961 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid())
962 rect
.height
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
964 // Can specify either left or right for the position (we're assuming we can't
965 // set the left and right edges to effectively set the size. Would we want to do that?)
966 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft().IsValid())
968 rect
.x
= rect
.x
+ converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetLeft());
970 else if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().IsValid())
972 int x
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight());
973 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetRight().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE
)
974 rect
.x
= availableContainerSpace
.x
+ availableContainerSpace
.width
- rect
.width
;
979 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop().IsValid())
981 rect
.y
= rect
.y
+ converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetTop());
983 else if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().IsValid())
985 int y
= converter
.GetPixels(childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom());
986 if (childAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPosition().GetBottom().GetPosition() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE
)
987 rect
.y
= availableContainerSpace
.y
+ availableContainerSpace
.height
- rect
.height
;
992 if (rect
.GetWidth() > availableParentSpace
.GetWidth())
993 rect
.SetWidth(availableParentSpace
.GetWidth());
998 // Dump to output stream for debugging
999 void wxRichTextObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream
& stream
)
1001 stream
<< GetClassInfo()->GetClassName() << wxT("\n");
1002 stream
<< wxString::Format(wxT("Size: %d,%d. Position: %d,%d, Range: %ld,%ld"), m_size
.x
, m_size
.y
, m_pos
.x
, m_pos
.y
, m_range
.GetStart(), m_range
.GetEnd()) << wxT("\n");
1003 stream
<< wxString::Format(wxT("Text colour: %d,%d,%d."), (int) m_attributes
.GetTextColour().Red(), (int) m_attributes
.GetTextColour().Green(), (int) m_attributes
.GetTextColour().Blue()) << wxT("\n");
1006 // Gets the containing buffer
1007 wxRichTextBuffer
* wxRichTextObject::GetBuffer() const
1009 const wxRichTextObject
* obj
= this;
1010 while (obj
&& !wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextBuffer
))
1011 obj
= obj
->GetParent();
1012 return wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextBuffer
);
1015 // Get the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy
1016 wxPoint
wxRichTextObject::GetAbsolutePosition() const
1018 wxPoint pt
= GetPosition();
1020 wxRichTextObject
* p
= GetParent();
1023 pt
= pt
+ p
->GetPosition();
1030 // Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1031 // information about position
1032 int wxRichTextObject::HitTest(wxDC
& WXUNUSED(dc
), wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
1035 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1037 wxRect rect
= GetRect();
1038 if (pt
.x
>= rect
.x
&& pt
.x
< rect
.x
+ rect
.width
&&
1039 pt
.y
>= rect
.y
&& pt
.y
< rect
.y
+ rect
.height
)
1042 *contextObj
= GetParentContainer();
1043 textPosition
= GetRange().GetStart();
1044 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON
;
1047 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1050 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
1051 // lays out the object again using the maximum ('best') size
1052 bool wxRichTextObject::LayoutToBestSize(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
,
1053 const wxRichTextAttr
& parentAttr
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
,
1054 const wxRect
& availableParentSpace
, const wxRect
& availableContainerSpace
,
1057 wxRect availableChildRect
= AdjustAvailableSpace(dc
, buffer
, parentAttr
, attr
, availableParentSpace
, availableContainerSpace
);
1058 wxRect originalAvailableRect
= availableChildRect
;
1059 Layout(dc
, context
, availableChildRect
, availableContainerSpace
, style
);
1061 wxSize maxSize
= GetMaxSize();
1063 // Don't ignore if maxSize.x is zero, since we need to redo the paragraph's lines
1065 if (!attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && maxSize
.x
< availableChildRect
.width
)
1067 // Redo the layout with a fixed, minimum size this time.
1068 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
1069 wxRichTextAttr
newAttr(attr
);
1070 newAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetValue(maxSize
.x
, wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
1071 newAttr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetPosition(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE
);
1073 availableChildRect
= AdjustAvailableSpace(dc
, buffer
, parentAttr
, newAttr
, availableParentSpace
, availableContainerSpace
);
1075 // If a paragraph, align the whole paragraph.
1076 // Problem with this: if we're limited by a floating object, a line may be centered
1077 // w.r.t. the smaller resulting box rather than the actual available width.
1078 // FIXME: aligning whole paragraph not compatible with floating objects
1079 if (attr
.HasAlignment() && (!wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() || (GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector() && !GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector()->HasFloats())))
1081 // centering, right-justification
1082 if (attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE
)
1084 availableChildRect
.x
= (originalAvailableRect
.GetWidth() - availableChildRect
.GetWidth())/2 + availableChildRect
.x
;
1086 else if (attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT
)
1088 availableChildRect
.x
= availableChildRect
.x
+ originalAvailableRect
.GetWidth() - availableChildRect
.GetWidth();
1092 Layout(dc
, context
, availableChildRect
, availableContainerSpace
, style
);
1106 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1107 void wxRichTextObject::Move(const wxPoint
& pt
)
1114 * wxRichTextCompositeObject
1115 * This is the base for drawable objects.
1118 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextCompositeObject
, wxRichTextObject
)
1120 wxRichTextCompositeObject::wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
1121 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
1125 wxRichTextCompositeObject::~wxRichTextCompositeObject()
1130 /// Get the nth child
1131 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChild(size_t n
) const
1133 wxASSERT ( n
< m_children
.GetCount() );
1135 return m_children
.Item(n
)->GetData();
1138 /// Append a child, returning the position
1139 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::AppendChild(wxRichTextObject
* child
)
1141 m_children
.Append(child
);
1142 child
->SetParent(this);
1143 return m_children
.GetCount() - 1;
1146 /// Insert the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning
1147 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::InsertChild(wxRichTextObject
* child
, wxRichTextObject
* inFrontOf
)
1151 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(inFrontOf
);
1152 m_children
.Insert(node
, child
);
1155 m_children
.Insert(child
);
1156 child
->SetParent(this);
1161 /// Delete the child
1162 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject
* child
, bool deleteChild
)
1164 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(child
);
1167 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
1168 m_children
.Erase(node
);
1177 /// Delete all children
1178 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteChildren()
1180 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1183 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode
= node
;
1185 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1186 child
->Dereference(); // Only delete if reference count is zero
1188 node
= node
->GetNext();
1189 m_children
.Erase(oldNode
);
1195 /// Get the child count
1196 size_t wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildCount() const
1198 return m_children
.GetCount();
1202 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject
& obj
)
1204 wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj
);
1208 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= obj
.m_children
.GetFirst();
1211 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1212 wxRichTextObject
* newChild
= child
->Clone();
1213 newChild
->SetParent(this);
1214 m_children
.Append(newChild
);
1216 node
= node
->GetNext();
1220 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
1221 /// information about position
1222 int wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
1225 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1227 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1230 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1232 if (child
->IsShown() && child
->IsTopLevel() && (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS
))
1234 // Just check if we hit the overall object
1235 int ret
= child
->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
1236 if (ret
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
1239 else if (child
->IsShown())
1241 int ret
= child
->HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
1242 if (ret
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
1246 node
= node
->GetNext();
1249 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1252 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
1253 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::FindPosition(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, long index
, wxPoint
& pt
, int* height
, bool forceLineStart
)
1255 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1258 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1260 // Don't recurse if the child is a top-level object,
1261 // such as a text box, because the character position will no longer
1262 // apply. By definition, a top-level object has its own range of
1263 // character positions.
1264 if (!child
->IsTopLevel() && child
->FindPosition(dc
, context
, index
, pt
, height
, forceLineStart
))
1267 node
= node
->GetNext();
1274 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
1276 long current
= start
;
1277 long lastEnd
= current
;
1285 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1288 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1291 child
->CalculateRange(current
, childEnd
);
1294 current
= childEnd
+ 1;
1296 node
= node
->GetNext();
1301 // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
1302 // because its children don't count at this level.
1304 m_range
.SetRange(start
, start
);
1306 // An object with no children has zero length
1307 if (m_children
.GetCount() == 0)
1309 m_ownRange
.SetRange(0, lastEnd
);
1315 // An object with no children has zero length
1316 if (m_children
.GetCount() == 0)
1319 m_range
.SetRange(start
, end
);
1323 /// Delete range from layout.
1324 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
1326 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1330 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= (wxRichTextObject
*) node
->GetData();
1331 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
1333 // Delete the range in each paragraph
1335 // When a chunk has been deleted, internally the content does not
1336 // now match the ranges.
1337 // However, so long as deletion is not done on the same object twice this is OK.
1338 // If you may delete content from the same object twice, recalculate
1339 // the ranges inbetween DeleteRange calls by calling CalculateRanges, and
1340 // adjust the range you're deleting accordingly.
1342 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1344 // No need to delete within a top-level object; just removing this object will do fine
1345 if (!obj
->IsTopLevel())
1346 obj
->DeleteRange(range
);
1348 // Delete an empty object, or paragraph within this range.
1349 if (obj
->IsEmpty() ||
1350 (range
.GetStart() <= obj
->GetRange().GetStart() && range
.GetEnd() >= obj
->GetRange().GetEnd()))
1352 // An empty paragraph has length 1, so won't be deleted unless the
1353 // whole range is deleted.
1354 RemoveChild(obj
, true);
1364 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
1365 wxString
wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
1368 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1371 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1372 wxRichTextRange childRange
= range
;
1373 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1375 childRange
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
1377 wxString childText
= child
->GetTextForRange(childRange
);
1381 node
= node
->GetNext();
1387 /// Get the child object at the given character position
1388 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetChildAtPosition(long pos
) const
1390 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1393 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1394 if (child
->GetRange().GetStart() == pos
)
1396 node
= node
->GetNext();
1401 /// Recursively merge all pieces that can be merged.
1402 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::Defragment(wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
1404 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1407 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1408 if (range
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1410 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* composite
= wxDynamicCast(child
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
1412 composite
->Defragment(context
);
1414 // Optimization: if there are no virtual attributes, we won't need to
1415 // to split objects in order to paint individually attributed chunks.
1416 // So only merge in this case.
1417 if (!context
.GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
1419 if (node
->GetNext())
1421 wxRichTextObject
* nextChild
= node
->GetNext()->GetData();
1422 if (child
->CanMerge(nextChild
, context
) && child
->Merge(nextChild
, context
))
1424 nextChild
->Dereference();
1425 m_children
.Erase(node
->GetNext());
1428 node
= node
->GetNext();
1431 node
= node
->GetNext();
1435 // If we might have virtual attributes, we first see if we have to split
1436 // objects so that they may be painted with potential virtual attributes,
1437 // since text objects can only draw or measure with a single attributes object
1439 wxRichTextObject
* childAfterSplit
= child
;
1440 if (child
->CanSplit(context
))
1442 childAfterSplit
= child
->Split(context
);
1443 node
= m_children
.Find(childAfterSplit
);
1446 if (node
->GetNext())
1448 wxRichTextObject
* nextChild
= node
->GetNext()->GetData();
1450 // First split child and nextChild so we have smaller fragments to merge.
1451 // Then Merge only has to test per-object virtual attributes
1452 // because for an object with all the same sub-object attributes,
1453 // then any general virtual attributes should be merged with sub-objects by
1454 // the implementation.
1456 wxRichTextObject
* nextChildAfterSplit
= nextChild
;
1458 if (nextChildAfterSplit
->CanSplit(context
))
1459 nextChildAfterSplit
= nextChild
->Split(context
);
1461 bool splitNextChild
= nextChild
!= nextChildAfterSplit
;
1463 // See if we can merge this new fragment with (perhaps the first part of) the next object.
1464 // Note that we use nextChild because if we had split nextChild, the first object always
1465 // remains (and further parts are appended). However we must use childAfterSplit since
1466 // it's the last part of a possibly split child.
1468 if (childAfterSplit
->CanMerge(nextChild
, context
) && childAfterSplit
->Merge(nextChild
, context
))
1470 nextChild
->Dereference();
1471 m_children
.Erase(node
->GetNext());
1473 // Don't set node -- we'll see if we can merge again with the next
1474 // child. UNLESS we split this or the next child, in which case we know we have to
1475 // move on to the end of the next child.
1477 node
= m_children
.Find(nextChildAfterSplit
);
1482 node
= m_children
.Find(nextChildAfterSplit
); // start from the last object in the split
1484 node
= node
->GetNext();
1488 node
= node
->GetNext();
1492 node
= node
->GetNext();
1495 // Delete any remaining empty objects, but leave at least one empty object per composite object.
1496 if (GetChildCount() > 1)
1498 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1501 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
1502 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1503 if (range
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1505 if (child
->IsEmpty())
1507 child
->Dereference();
1508 m_children
.Erase(node
);
1513 node
= node
->GetNext();
1520 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
1521 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Dump(wxTextOutputStream
& stream
)
1523 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1526 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1527 child
->Dump(stream
);
1528 node
= node
->GetNext();
1532 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
1533 /// is invalid for this object.
1534 bool wxRichTextCompositeObject::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
1536 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
1541 wxArrayInt childExtents
;
1548 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1551 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1552 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1554 // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
1555 if (child
->IsFloating() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
1560 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
1561 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
1565 partialExtents
->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize
);
1572 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= range
;
1573 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
1574 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
1575 rangeToUse
= child
->GetOwnRange();
1577 int childDescent
= 0;
1579 // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we're already cached the size,
1580 // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
1581 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
) && child
->GetCachedSize().y
!= 0)
1583 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
1584 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
1586 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, childSize
.y
);
1587 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
1588 descent
= wxMax(descent
, childDescent
);
1590 else if (child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, wxPoint(position
.x
+ sz
.x
, position
.y
), parentSize
, p
))
1592 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, childSize
.y
);
1593 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
1594 descent
= wxMax(descent
, childDescent
);
1596 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
) && (rangeToUse
== child
->GetRange() || child
->IsTopLevel()))
1598 child
->SetCachedSize(childSize
);
1599 child
->SetDescent(childDescent
);
1605 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
1606 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
1611 for (i
= 0; i
< childExtents
.GetCount(); i
++)
1613 partialExtents
->Add(childExtents
[i
] + lastSize
);
1623 node
= node
->GetNext();
1629 // Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
1630 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
1632 wxRichTextObject::Invalidate(invalidRange
);
1634 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1637 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1638 if (invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_ALL
&& invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
&& child
->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange
))
1642 else if (child
->IsTopLevel())
1644 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && child
->IsFloating() && GetBuffer()->GetFloatCollector() && GetBuffer()->GetFloatCollector()->HasFloat(child
))
1646 // Don't invalidate subhierarchy if we've already been laid out
1650 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
1651 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_NONE
);
1653 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
); // All children must be invalidated if within parent range
1657 child
->Invalidate(invalidRange
);
1658 node
= node
->GetNext();
1662 // Move the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new
1663 void wxRichTextCompositeObject::Move(const wxPoint
& pt
)
1665 wxPoint oldPos
= GetPosition();
1667 wxPoint offset
= pt
- oldPos
;
1669 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1672 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1673 wxPoint childPos
= child
->GetPosition() + offset
;
1674 child
->Move(childPos
);
1675 node
= node
->GetNext();
1681 * wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
1682 * This box knows how to lay out paragraphs.
1685 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
)
1687 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
1688 wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent
)
1693 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox()
1695 if (m_floatCollector
)
1697 delete m_floatCollector
;
1698 m_floatCollector
= NULL
;
1702 /// Initialize the object.
1703 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Init()
1707 // For now, assume is the only box and has no initial size.
1708 m_range
= wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1709 m_ownRange
= wxRichTextRange(0, -1);
1711 m_invalidRange
= wxRICHTEXT_ALL
;
1713 m_partialParagraph
= false;
1714 m_floatCollector
= NULL
;
1717 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Clear()
1721 if (m_floatCollector
)
1722 delete m_floatCollector
;
1723 m_floatCollector
= NULL
;
1724 m_partialParagraph
= false;
1728 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& obj
)
1732 wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj
);
1734 m_partialParagraph
= obj
.m_partialParagraph
;
1735 m_defaultAttributes
= obj
.m_defaultAttributes
;
1738 // Gather information about floating objects; only gather floats for those paragraphs that
1739 // will not be formatted again due to optimization, after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph
1741 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect
& availableRect
, wxRichTextObject
* untilObj
)
1743 if (m_floatCollector
!= NULL
)
1744 delete m_floatCollector
;
1745 m_floatCollector
= new wxRichTextFloatCollector(availableRect
);
1746 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1747 // Only gather floats up to the point we'll start formatting paragraphs.
1748 while (untilObj
&& node
&& node
->GetData() != untilObj
)
1750 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
1751 wxASSERT (child
!= NULL
);
1753 m_floatCollector
->CollectFloat(child
);
1754 node
= node
->GetNext();
1760 // Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
1761 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleSheet() const
1763 return GetBuffer() ? GetBuffer()->GetStyleSheet() : (wxRichTextStyleSheet
*) NULL
;
1766 // Get the number of floating objects at this level
1767 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjectCount() const
1769 if (m_floatCollector
)
1770 return m_floatCollector
->GetFloatingObjectCount();
1775 // Get a list of floating objects
1776 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList
& objects
) const
1778 if (m_floatCollector
)
1780 return m_floatCollector
->GetFloatingObjects(objects
);
1787 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::UpdateRanges()
1791 start
= GetRange().GetStart();
1793 CalculateRange(start
, end
);
1797 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
1800 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1802 int ret
= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
1803 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && m_floatCollector
&& (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS
) == 0)
1804 ret
= m_floatCollector
->HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, flags
);
1806 if (ret
== wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
1807 return wxRichTextCompositeObject::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
1815 /// Draw the floating objects
1816 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DrawFloats(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
1818 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && m_floatCollector
)
1819 m_floatCollector
->Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
1822 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph
* from
, wxRichTextParagraph
* to
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
1827 from
->RemoveChild(obj
);
1828 to
->AppendChild(obj
);
1832 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
1837 wxRect
thisRect(GetPosition(), GetCachedSize());
1839 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
1840 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
1843 if (selection
.IsValid() && GetParentContainer() != this && selection
.WithinSelection(GetRange().GetStart(), GetParentContainer()))
1844 flags
|= wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED
;
1846 // Don't draw guidelines if at top level
1847 int theseFlags
= flags
;
1849 theseFlags
&= ~wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES
;
1850 DrawBoxAttributes(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, thisRect
, theseFlags
);
1852 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
1853 DrawFloats(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
1855 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1858 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
1860 if (child
&& !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
1862 wxRect
childRect(child
->GetPosition(), child
->GetCachedSize());
1863 wxRichTextRange childRange
= range
;
1864 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
1866 childRange
= child
->GetOwnRange();
1869 if (((style
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE
) == 0) && childRect
.GetTop() > rect
.GetBottom())
1874 else if (((style
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE
) == 0) && childRect
.GetBottom() < rect
.GetTop())
1879 child
->Draw(dc
, context
, childRange
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
1882 node
= node
->GetNext();
1887 /// Lay the item out
1888 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
)
1890 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
1895 wxRect availableSpace
;
1896 bool formatRect
= (style
& wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
) == wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
;
1898 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
1899 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
1901 // If only laying out a specific area, the passed rect has a different meaning:
1902 // the visible part of the buffer. This is used in wxRichTextCtrl::OnSize,
1903 // so that during a size, only the visible part will be relaid out, or
1904 // it would take too long causing flicker. As an approximation, we assume that
1905 // everything up to the start of the visible area is laid out correctly.
1908 wxRect
rect2(0, 0, rect
.width
, rect
.height
);
1909 availableSpace
= GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect2
);
1911 // Invalidate the part of the buffer from the first visible line
1912 // to the end. If other parts of the buffer are currently invalid,
1913 // then they too will be taken into account if they are above
1914 // the visible point.
1916 wxRichTextLine
* line
= GetLineAtYPosition(rect
.y
);
1918 startPos
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart();
1920 Invalidate(wxRichTextRange(startPos
, GetOwnRange().GetEnd()));
1924 availableSpace
= GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect
);
1927 // Fix the width if we're at the top level
1929 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().SetValue(rect
.GetWidth(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
1931 int leftMargin
, rightMargin
, topMargin
, bottomMargin
;
1932 wxRichTextObject::GetTotalMargin(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, leftMargin
, rightMargin
,
1933 topMargin
, bottomMargin
);
1938 // The maximum paragraph maximum width, so we can set the overall maximum width for this object
1939 int maxMaxWidth
= 0;
1941 // The maximum paragraph minimum width, so we can set the overall minimum width for this object
1942 int maxMinWidth
= 0;
1944 // If we have vertical alignment, we must recalculate everything.
1945 bool hasVerticalAlignment
= (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
1946 (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP
));
1948 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1950 bool layoutAll
= true;
1952 // Get invalid range, rounding to paragraph start/end.
1953 wxRichTextRange invalidRange
= GetInvalidRange(true);
1955 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_NONE
&& !formatRect
)
1958 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| hasVerticalAlignment
)
1960 else // If we know what range is affected, start laying out from that point on.
1961 if (invalidRange
.GetStart() >= GetOwnRange().GetStart())
1963 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstParagraph
= GetParagraphAtPosition(invalidRange
.GetStart());
1966 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode
= m_children
.Find(firstParagraph
);
1967 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator previousNode
;
1969 previousNode
= firstNode
->GetPrevious();
1974 wxRichTextParagraph
* previousParagraph
= wxDynamicCast(previousNode
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
1975 availableSpace
.y
= previousParagraph
->GetPosition().y
+ previousParagraph
->GetCachedSize().y
;
1978 // Now we're going to start iterating from the first affected paragraph.
1986 // Gather information about only those floating objects that will not be formatted,
1987 // after which floats will be gathered per-paragraph during layout.
1988 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
1989 UpdateFloatingObjects(availableSpace
, node
? node
->GetData() : (wxRichTextObject
*) NULL
);
1991 // A way to force speedy rest-of-buffer layout (the 'else' below)
1992 bool forceQuickLayout
= false;
1994 // First get the size of the paragraphs we won't be laying out
1995 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator n
= m_children
.GetFirst();
1996 while (n
&& n
!= node
)
1998 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(n
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2001 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, child
->GetCachedSize().x
);
2002 maxMinWidth
= wxMax(maxMinWidth
, child
->GetMinSize().x
);
2003 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, child
->GetMaxSize().x
);
2010 // Assume this box only contains paragraphs
2012 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2013 // Unsure if this is needed
2014 // wxCHECK_MSG( child, false, wxT("Unknown object in layout") );
2016 if (child
&& child
->IsShown())
2018 // TODO: what if the child hasn't been laid out (e.g. involved in Undo) but still has 'old' lines
2019 if ( !forceQuickLayout
&&
2021 child
->GetLines().IsEmpty() ||
2022 !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(invalidRange
)) )
2024 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
2025 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
2026 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, GetBuffer(),
2027 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableSpace
, rect
, style
&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
);
2029 // Layout must set the cached size
2030 availableSpace
.y
+= child
->GetCachedSize().y
;
2031 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, child
->GetCachedSize().x
);
2032 maxMinWidth
= wxMax(maxMinWidth
, child
->GetMinSize().x
);
2033 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, child
->GetMaxSize().x
);
2035 // If we're just formatting the visible part of the buffer,
2036 // and we're now past the bottom of the window, and we don't have any
2037 // floating objects (since they may cause wrapping to change for the rest of the
2038 // the buffer), start quick layout.
2039 if (!hasVerticalAlignment
&& formatRect
&& child
->GetPosition().y
> rect
.GetBottom() && GetFloatingObjectCount() == 0)
2040 forceQuickLayout
= true;
2044 // We're outside the immediately affected range, so now let's just
2045 // move everything up or down. This assumes that all the children have previously
2046 // been laid out and have wrapped line lists associated with them.
2047 // TODO: check all paragraphs before the affected range.
2049 int inc
= availableSpace
.y
- child
->GetPosition().y
;
2053 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2056 if (child
->GetLines().GetCount() == 0)
2058 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
2059 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
2060 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, GetBuffer(),
2061 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableSpace
, rect
, style
&~wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT
);
2063 //child->Layout(dc, availableChildRect, style);
2066 child
->Move(wxPoint(child
->GetPosition().x
, child
->GetPosition().y
+ inc
));
2068 availableSpace
.y
+= child
->GetCachedSize().y
;
2069 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, child
->GetCachedSize().x
);
2070 maxMinWidth
= wxMax(maxMinWidth
, child
->GetMinSize().x
);
2071 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, child
->GetMaxSize().x
);
2074 node
= node
->GetNext();
2080 node
= node
->GetNext();
2083 node
= m_children
.GetLast();
2084 if (node
&& node
->GetData()->IsShown())
2086 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2087 maxHeight
= child
->GetPosition().y
- (GetPosition().y
+ topMargin
) + child
->GetCachedSize().y
;
2090 maxHeight
= 0; // topMargin + bottomMargin;
2092 // Check the bottom edge of any floating object
2093 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && GetFloatCollector() && GetFloatCollector()->HasFloats())
2095 int bottom
= GetFloatCollector()->GetLastRectBottom();
2096 if (bottom
> maxHeight
)
2100 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetSize().GetWidth().IsValid())
2102 wxRect r
= AdjustAvailableSpace(dc
, GetBuffer(), wxRichTextAttr() /* not used */, attr
, parentRect
, parentRect
);
2103 int w
= r
.GetWidth();
2105 // Convert external to content rect
2106 w
= w
- leftMargin
- rightMargin
;
2107 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, w
);
2108 maxMaxWidth
= wxMax(maxMaxWidth
, w
);
2112 // TODO: Make sure the layout box's position reflects
2113 // the position of the children, but without
2114 // breaking layout of a box within a paragraph.
2117 // TODO: (also in para layout) should set the
2118 // object's size to an absolute one if specified,
2119 // but if not specified, calculate it from content.
2121 // We need to add back the margins etc.
2123 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
2124 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth
, maxHeight
));
2125 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
2126 SetCachedSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
2129 // The maximum size is the greatest of all maximum widths for all paragraphs.
2131 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
2132 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMaxWidth
, maxHeight
)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2133 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
2134 SetMaxSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
2137 // The minimum size is the greatest of all minimum widths for all paragraphs.
2139 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
2140 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxMinWidth
, maxHeight
)); // Actually max height is a lie, we can't know it
2141 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
2142 SetMinSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
2145 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().HasVerticalAlignment() &&
2146 (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() > wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP
))
2149 int leftOverSpace
= availableSpace
.height
- topMargin
- bottomMargin
- maxHeight
;
2150 if (leftOverSpace
> 0)
2152 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE
)
2154 yOffset
= (leftOverSpace
/2);
2156 else if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetVerticalAlignment() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM
)
2158 yOffset
= leftOverSpace
;
2162 // Move all the children to vertically align the content
2163 // This doesn't take into account floating objects, unfortunately.
2166 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2169 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2171 child
->Move(wxPoint(child
->GetPosition().x
, child
->GetPosition().y
+ yOffset
));
2173 node
= node
->GetNext();
2178 m_invalidRange
= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
;
2183 /// Get/set the size for the given range.
2184 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* WXUNUSED(partialExtents
)) const
2188 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator startPara
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2189 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator endPara
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
2191 // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2192 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2195 // child is a paragraph
2196 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2197 const wxRichTextRange
& r
= child
->GetRange();
2199 if (r
.GetStart() <= range
.GetStart() && r
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetStart())
2205 node
= node
->GetNext();
2208 // Next find the last paragraph containing part of the range
2209 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2212 // child is a paragraph
2213 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2214 const wxRichTextRange
& r
= child
->GetRange();
2216 if (r
.GetStart() <= range
.GetEnd() && r
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetEnd())
2222 node
= node
->GetNext();
2225 if (!startPara
|| !endPara
)
2228 // Now we can add up the sizes
2229 for (node
= startPara
; node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
2231 // child is a paragraph
2232 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
2233 const wxRichTextRange
& childRange
= child
->GetRange();
2234 wxRichTextRange rangeToFind
= range
;
2235 rangeToFind
.LimitTo(childRange
);
2237 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
2238 rangeToFind
= child
->GetOwnRange();
2242 int childDescent
= 0;
2243 child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToFind
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
);
2245 descent
= wxMax(childDescent
, descent
);
2247 sz
.x
= wxMax(sz
.x
, childSize
.x
);
2248 sz
.y
+= childSize
.y
;
2250 if (node
== endPara
)
2259 /// Get the paragraph at the given position
2260 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos
, bool caretPosition
) const
2265 // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2266 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2269 // child is a paragraph
2270 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2271 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2275 // Return first child in buffer if position is -1
2279 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
2283 node
= node
->GetNext();
2288 /// Get the line at the given position
2289 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtPosition(long pos
, bool caretPosition
) const
2294 // First find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2295 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2298 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= (wxRichTextObject
*) node
->GetData();
2299 if (obj
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
2301 // child is a paragraph
2302 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextParagraph
);
2303 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2307 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2310 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2312 wxRichTextRange range
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
2314 if (range
.Contains(pos
) ||
2316 // If the position is end-of-paragraph, then return the last line of
2317 // of the paragraph.
2318 ((range
.GetEnd() == child
->GetRange().GetEnd()-1) && (pos
== child
->GetRange().GetEnd())))
2321 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2326 node
= node
->GetNext();
2329 int lineCount
= GetLineCount();
2331 return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount
-1);
2336 /// Get the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
2337 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineAtYPosition(int y
) const
2339 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2342 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2343 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2347 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2350 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2352 wxRect
rect(line
->GetRect());
2354 if (y
<= rect
.GetBottom())
2357 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2361 node
= node
->GetNext();
2365 int lineCount
= GetLineCount();
2367 return GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(lineCount
-1);
2372 /// Get the number of visible lines
2373 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineCount() const
2377 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2380 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2381 // wxASSERT (child != NULL);
2384 count
+= child
->GetLines().GetCount();
2386 node
= node
->GetNext();
2392 /// Get the paragraph for a given line
2393 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine
* line
) const
2395 return GetParagraphAtPosition(line
->GetAbsoluteRange().GetStart());
2398 /// Get the line size at the given position
2399 wxSize
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos
, bool caretPosition
) const
2401 wxRichTextLine
* line
= GetLineAtPosition(pos
, caretPosition
);
2404 return line
->GetSize();
2407 return wxSize(0, 0);
2411 /// Convenience function to add a paragraph of text
2412 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
)
2414 // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2415 // be combined at display time.
2416 // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2418 wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle
;
2419 wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle
;
2421 // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2422 // to the initial text string.
2423 if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2425 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2427 defaultParaStyle
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2430 wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle
, defaultCharStyle
);
2432 wxRichTextAttr
* pStyle
= paraStyle
? paraStyle
: (wxRichTextAttr
*) & defaultParaStyle
;
2433 wxRichTextAttr
* cStyle
= & defaultCharStyle
;
2435 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(text
, this, pStyle
, cStyle
);
2436 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2442 return para
->GetRange();
2445 /// Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
2446 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraphs(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
)
2448 // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2449 // be combined at display time.
2450 // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2452 wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle
;
2453 wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle
;
2455 // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2456 // to the initial text string.
2457 if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2459 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2461 defaultParaStyle
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2464 wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle
, defaultCharStyle
);
2466 wxRichTextAttr
* pStyle
= paraStyle
? paraStyle
: (wxRichTextAttr
*) & defaultParaStyle
;
2467 wxRichTextAttr
* cStyle
= & defaultCharStyle
;
2469 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= NULL
;
2470 wxRichTextParagraph
* lastPara
= NULL
;
2472 wxRichTextRange
range(-1, -1);
2475 size_t len
= text
.length();
2477 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString
, this, pStyle
, cStyle
);
2478 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2487 wxChar ch
= text
[i
];
2488 if (ch
== wxT('\n') || ch
== wxT('\r'))
2492 wxRichTextPlainText
* plainText
= (wxRichTextPlainText
*) para
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2493 plainText
->SetText(line
);
2495 para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString
, this, pStyle
, cStyle
);
2496 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2501 line
= wxEmptyString
;
2512 wxRichTextPlainText
* plainText
= (wxRichTextPlainText
*) para
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
2513 plainText
->SetText(line
);
2518 return wxRichTextRange(firstPara
->GetRange().GetStart(), lastPara
->GetRange().GetEnd());
2521 /// Convenience function to add an image
2522 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddImage(const wxImage
& image
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
)
2524 // Don't use the base style, just the default style, and the base style will
2525 // be combined at display time.
2526 // Divide into paragraph and character styles.
2528 wxRichTextAttr defaultCharStyle
;
2529 wxRichTextAttr defaultParaStyle
;
2531 // If the default style is a named paragraph style, don't apply any character formatting
2532 // to the initial text string.
2533 if (GetDefaultStyle().HasParagraphStyleName() && GetStyleSheet())
2535 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(GetDefaultStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
2537 defaultParaStyle
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
2540 wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(GetDefaultStyle(), defaultParaStyle
, defaultCharStyle
);
2542 wxRichTextAttr
* pStyle
= paraStyle
? paraStyle
: (wxRichTextAttr
*) & defaultParaStyle
;
2543 wxRichTextAttr
* cStyle
= & defaultCharStyle
;
2545 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, pStyle
);
2546 para
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
2548 para
->AppendChild(new wxRichTextImage(image
, this, cStyle
));
2552 return para
->GetRange();
2556 /// Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
2557 /// it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
2560 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertFragment(long position
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& fragment
)
2562 // First, find the first paragraph whose starting position is within the range.
2563 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(position
);
2566 wxRichTextAttr originalAttr
= para
->GetAttributes();
2568 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(para
);
2570 // Now split at this position, returning the object to insert the new
2571 // ones in front of.
2572 wxRichTextObject
* nextObject
= para
->SplitAt(position
);
2574 // Special case: partial paragraph, just one paragraph. Might be a small amount of
2575 // text, for example, so let's optimize.
2577 if (fragment
.GetPartialParagraph() && fragment
.GetChildren().GetCount() == 1)
2579 // Add the first para to this para...
2580 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2584 // Iterate through the fragment paragraph inserting the content into this paragraph.
2585 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2586 wxASSERT (firstPara
!= NULL
);
2588 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode
= firstPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2591 wxRichTextObject
* newObj
= objectNode
->GetData()->Clone();
2596 para
->AppendChild(newObj
);
2600 // Insert before nextObject
2601 para
->InsertChild(newObj
, nextObject
);
2604 objectNode
= objectNode
->GetNext();
2611 // Procedure for inserting a fragment consisting of a number of
2614 // 1. Remove and save the content that's after the insertion point, for adding
2615 // back once we've added the fragment.
2616 // 2. Add the content from the first fragment paragraph to the current
2618 // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2619 // 4. Add back the saved content from the first paragraph. If partialParagraph
2620 // is true, add it to the last paragraph added and not a new one.
2622 // 1. Remove and save objects after split point.
2623 wxList savedObjects
;
2625 para
->MoveToList(nextObject
, savedObjects
);
2627 // 2. Add the content from the 1st fragment paragraph.
2628 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstParaNode
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2632 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= wxDynamicCast(firstParaNode
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2633 wxASSERT(firstPara
!= NULL
);
2635 if (!(fragment
.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE
))
2636 para
->SetAttributes(firstPara
->GetAttributes());
2638 // Save empty paragraph attributes for appending later
2639 // These are character attributes deliberately set for a new paragraph. Without this,
2640 // we couldn't pass default attributes when appending a new paragraph.
2641 wxRichTextAttr emptyParagraphAttributes
;
2643 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objectNode
= firstPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2645 if (objectNode
&& firstPara
->GetChildren().GetCount() == 1 && objectNode
->GetData()->IsEmpty())
2646 emptyParagraphAttributes
= objectNode
->GetData()->GetAttributes();
2650 wxRichTextObject
* newObj
= objectNode
->GetData()->Clone();
2653 para
->AppendChild(newObj
);
2655 objectNode
= objectNode
->GetNext();
2658 // 3. Add remaining fragment paragraphs after the current paragraph.
2659 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nextParagraphNode
= node
->GetNext();
2660 wxRichTextObject
* nextParagraph
= NULL
;
2661 if (nextParagraphNode
)
2662 nextParagraph
= nextParagraphNode
->GetData();
2664 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetNext();
2665 wxRichTextParagraph
* finalPara
= para
;
2667 bool needExtraPara
= (!i
|| !fragment
.GetPartialParagraph());
2669 // If there was only one paragraph, we need to insert a new one.
2672 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(i
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2673 wxASSERT( para
!= NULL
);
2675 finalPara
= (wxRichTextParagraph
*) para
->Clone();
2678 InsertChild(finalPara
, nextParagraph
);
2680 AppendChild(finalPara
);
2685 // If there was only one paragraph, or we have full paragraphs in our fragment,
2686 // we need to insert a new one.
2689 finalPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph
;
2692 InsertChild(finalPara
, nextParagraph
);
2694 AppendChild(finalPara
);
2697 // 4. Add back the remaining content.
2701 finalPara
->MoveFromList(savedObjects
);
2703 // Ensure there's at least one object
2704 if (finalPara
->GetChildCount() == 0)
2706 wxRichTextPlainText
* text
= new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString
);
2707 text
->SetAttributes(emptyParagraphAttributes
);
2709 finalPara
->AppendChild(text
);
2713 if ((fragment
.GetAttributes().GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE
) && firstPara
)
2714 finalPara
->SetAttributes(firstPara
->GetAttributes());
2715 else if (finalPara
&& finalPara
!= para
)
2716 finalPara
->SetAttributes(originalAttr
);
2724 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
2727 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(i
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2728 wxASSERT( para
!= NULL
);
2730 AppendChild(para
->Clone());
2739 /// Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in 'fragment'.
2740 /// If there was an incomplete paragraph at the end, partialParagraph is set to true.
2741 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& fragment
)
2743 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator i
= GetChildren().GetFirst();
2746 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(i
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2747 wxASSERT( para
!= NULL
);
2749 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
2751 fragment
.AppendChild(para
->Clone());
2756 // Now top and tail the first and last paragraphs in our new fragment (which might be the same).
2757 if (!fragment
.IsEmpty())
2759 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= wxDynamicCast(fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2760 wxASSERT( firstPara
!= NULL
);
2762 wxRichTextParagraph
* lastPara
= wxDynamicCast(fragment
.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2763 wxASSERT( lastPara
!= NULL
);
2765 if (!firstPara
|| !lastPara
)
2768 bool isFragment
= (range
.GetEnd() < lastPara
->GetRange().GetEnd());
2770 long firstPos
= firstPara
->GetRange().GetStart();
2772 // Adjust for renumbering from zero
2773 wxRichTextRange
topTailRange(range
.GetStart() - firstPos
, range
.GetEnd() - firstPos
);
2776 fragment
.CalculateRange(0, end
);
2778 // Chop off the start of the paragraph
2779 if (topTailRange
.GetStart() > 0)
2781 wxRichTextRange
r(0, topTailRange
.GetStart()-1);
2782 firstPara
->DeleteRange(r
);
2784 // Make sure the numbering is correct
2785 fragment
.CalculateRange(0, end
);
2787 // Now, we've deleted some positions, so adjust the range
2789 topTailRange
.SetStart(range
.GetLength());
2790 topTailRange
.SetEnd(fragment
.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2794 topTailRange
.SetStart(range
.GetLength());
2795 topTailRange
.SetEnd(fragment
.GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
2798 if (topTailRange
.GetStart() < lastPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
2800 lastPara
->DeleteRange(topTailRange
);
2802 // Make sure the numbering is correct
2804 fragment
.CalculateRange(0, end
);
2806 // We only have part of a paragraph at the end
2807 fragment
.SetPartialParagraph(true);
2811 // We have a partial paragraph (don't save last new paragraph marker)
2812 // or complete paragraph
2813 fragment
.SetPartialParagraph(isFragment
);
2820 /// Given a position, get the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
2821 /// starting from zero at the start of the buffer.
2822 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos
, bool caretPosition
, bool startOfLine
) const
2829 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2832 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2833 // wxASSERT( child != NULL );
2837 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
2839 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2842 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2843 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
2845 if (lineRange
.Contains(pos
) || pos
== lineRange
.GetStart())
2847 // If the caret is displayed at the end of the previous wrapped line,
2848 // we want to return the line it's _displayed_ at (not the actual line
2849 // containing the position).
2850 if (lineRange
.GetStart() == pos
&& !startOfLine
&& child
->GetRange().GetStart() != pos
)
2851 return lineCount
- 1;
2858 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2860 // If we didn't find it in the lines, it must be
2861 // the last position of the paragraph. So return the last line.
2865 lineCount
+= child
->GetLines().GetCount();
2868 node
= node
->GetNext();
2875 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
2876 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber
) const
2880 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2883 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2884 // wxASSERT(child != NULL);
2888 if (lineNumber
< (int) (child
->GetLines().GetCount() + lineCount
))
2890 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
2893 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
2895 if (lineCount
== lineNumber
)
2900 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
2904 lineCount
+= child
->GetLines().GetCount();
2907 node
= node
->GetNext();
2914 /// Delete range from layout.
2915 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
2917 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
2919 wxRichTextParagraph
* firstPara
= NULL
;
2922 wxRichTextParagraph
* obj
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2923 // wxASSERT (obj != NULL);
2925 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
2929 // Delete the range in each paragraph
2931 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
2933 // Deletes the content of this object within the given range
2934 obj
->DeleteRange(range
);
2936 wxRichTextRange thisRange
= obj
->GetRange();
2937 wxRichTextAttr thisAttr
= obj
->GetAttributes();
2939 // If the whole paragraph is within the range to delete,
2940 // delete the whole thing.
2941 if (range
.GetStart() <= thisRange
.GetStart() && range
.GetEnd() >= thisRange
.GetEnd())
2943 // Delete the whole object
2944 RemoveChild(obj
, true);
2947 else if (!firstPara
)
2950 // If the range includes the paragraph end, we need to join this
2951 // and the next paragraph.
2952 if (range
.GetEnd() <= thisRange
.GetEnd())
2954 // We need to move the objects from the next paragraph
2955 // to this paragraph
2957 wxRichTextParagraph
* nextParagraph
= NULL
;
2958 if ((range
.GetEnd() < thisRange
.GetEnd()) && obj
)
2959 nextParagraph
= obj
;
2962 // We're ending at the end of the paragraph, so merge the _next_ paragraph.
2964 nextParagraph
= wxDynamicCast(next
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
2967 bool applyFinalParagraphStyle
= firstPara
&& nextParagraph
&& nextParagraph
!= firstPara
;
2969 wxRichTextAttr nextParaAttr
;
2970 if (applyFinalParagraphStyle
)
2972 // Special case when deleting the end of a paragraph - use _this_ paragraph's style,
2973 // not the next one.
2974 if (range
.GetStart() == range
.GetEnd() && range
.GetStart() == thisRange
.GetEnd())
2975 nextParaAttr
= thisAttr
;
2977 nextParaAttr
= nextParagraph
->GetAttributes();
2980 if (firstPara
&& nextParagraph
&& firstPara
!= nextParagraph
)
2982 // Move the objects to the previous para
2983 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node1
= nextParagraph
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
2987 wxRichTextObject
* obj1
= node1
->GetData();
2989 firstPara
->AppendChild(obj1
);
2991 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next1
= node1
->GetNext();
2992 nextParagraph
->GetChildren().Erase(node1
);
2997 // Delete the paragraph
2998 RemoveChild(nextParagraph
, true);
3001 // Avoid empty paragraphs
3002 if (firstPara
&& firstPara
->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
3004 wxRichTextPlainText
* text
= new wxRichTextPlainText(wxEmptyString
);
3005 firstPara
->AppendChild(text
);
3008 if (applyFinalParagraphStyle
)
3009 firstPara
->SetAttributes(nextParaAttr
);
3022 /// Get any text in this object for the given range
3023 wxString
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
3027 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3030 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
3031 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3033 wxRichTextRange childRange
= range
;
3034 childRange
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
3036 wxString childText
= child
->GetTextForRange(childRange
);
3040 if ((childRange
.GetEnd() == child
->GetRange().GetEnd()) && node
->GetNext())
3045 node
= node
->GetNext();
3051 /// Get all the text
3052 wxString
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetText() const
3054 return GetTextForRange(GetOwnRange());
3057 /// Get the paragraph by number
3058 wxRichTextParagraph
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber
) const
3060 if ((size_t) paragraphNumber
>= GetChildCount())
3063 return (wxRichTextParagraph
*) GetChild((size_t) paragraphNumber
);
3066 /// Get the length of the paragraph
3067 int wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber
) const
3069 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber
);
3071 return para
->GetRange().GetLength() - 1; // don't include newline
3076 /// Get the text of the paragraph
3077 wxString
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber
) const
3079 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtLine(paragraphNumber
);
3081 return para
->GetTextForRange(para
->GetRange());
3083 return wxEmptyString
;
3086 /// Convert zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
3087 long wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::XYToPosition(long x
, long y
) const
3089 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtLine(y
);
3092 return para
->GetRange().GetStart() + x
;
3098 /// Convert zero-based position to line column and paragraph number
3099 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PositionToXY(long pos
, long* x
, long* y
) const
3101 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(pos
);
3105 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3108 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
3112 node
= node
->GetNext();
3116 *x
= pos
- para
->GetRange().GetStart();
3124 /// Get the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
3125 /// Given a line number, get the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
3126 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position
) const
3128 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(position
);
3131 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3135 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
3136 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(position
))
3139 node
= node
->GetNext();
3141 if (position
== para
->GetRange().GetEnd() && para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
3142 return para
->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3147 /// Set character or paragraph text attributes: apply character styles only to immediate text nodes
3148 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, int flags
)
3150 bool characterStyle
= false;
3151 bool paragraphStyle
= false;
3153 if (style
.IsCharacterStyle())
3154 characterStyle
= true;
3155 if (style
.IsParagraphStyle())
3156 paragraphStyle
= true;
3158 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3160 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
3161 bool applyMinimal
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE
) != 0);
3162 bool parasOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY
) != 0);
3163 bool charactersOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY
) != 0);
3164 bool resetExistingStyle
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
) != 0);
3165 bool removeStyle
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE
) != 0);
3167 // Apply paragraph style first, if any
3168 wxRichTextAttr
wholeStyle(style
);
3170 if (!removeStyle
&& wholeStyle
.HasParagraphStyleName() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
3172 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(wholeStyle
.GetParagraphStyleName());
3174 wxRichTextApplyStyle(wholeStyle
, def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet()));
3177 // Limit the attributes to be set to the content to only character attributes.
3178 wxRichTextAttr
characterAttributes(wholeStyle
);
3179 characterAttributes
.SetFlags(characterAttributes
.GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER
));
3181 if (!removeStyle
&& characterAttributes
.HasCharacterStyleName() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
3183 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterAttributes
.GetCharacterStyleName());
3185 wxRichTextApplyStyle(characterAttributes
, def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet()));
3188 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3191 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
3193 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
3195 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3197 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3198 action
->SetRange(range
);
3199 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3202 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3205 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3206 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3208 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
3210 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3211 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3214 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3216 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3217 // not updating the buffer directly.
3218 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3220 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3222 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
3223 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
3225 // Also store the old ones for Undo
3226 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
3231 // If we're specifying paragraphs only, then we really mean character formatting
3232 // to be included in the paragraph style
3233 if ((paragraphStyle
|| parasOnly
) && !charactersOnly
)
3237 // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3238 wxRichTextRemoveStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), style
);
3240 else if (resetExistingStyle
)
3241 newPara
->GetAttributes() = wholeStyle
;
3246 // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3247 // style as seen on the display
3248 wxRichTextAttr
combinedAttr(para
->GetCombinedAttributes(true));
3249 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle
, & combinedAttr
);
3252 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), wholeStyle
);
3256 // When applying paragraph styles dynamically, don't change the text objects' attributes
3257 // since they will computed as needed. Only apply the character styling if it's _only_
3258 // character styling. This policy is subject to change and might be put under user control.
3260 // Hm. we might well be applying a mix of paragraph and character styles, in which
3261 // case we _do_ want to apply character styles regardless of what para styles are set.
3262 // But if we're applying a paragraph style, which has some character attributes, but
3263 // we only want the paragraphs to hold this character style, then we _don't_ want to
3264 // apply the character style. So we need to be able to choose.
3266 if (!parasOnly
&& (characterStyle
|charactersOnly
) && range
.GetStart() != newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3268 wxRichTextRange
childRange(range
);
3269 childRange
.LimitTo(newPara
->GetRange());
3271 // Find the starting position and if necessary split it so
3272 // we can start applying a different style.
3273 // TODO: check that the style actually changes or is different
3274 // from style outside of range
3275 wxRichTextObject
* firstObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3276 wxRichTextObject
* lastObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3278 if (childRange
.GetStart() == newPara
->GetRange().GetStart())
3279 firstObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
3281 firstObject
= newPara
->SplitAt(range
.GetStart());
3283 // Increment by 1 because we're apply the style one _after_ the split point
3284 long splitPoint
= childRange
.GetEnd();
3285 if (splitPoint
!= newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3289 if (splitPoint
== newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3290 lastObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3292 // lastObject is set as a side-effect of splitting. It's
3293 // returned as the object before the new object.
3294 (void) newPara
->SplitAt(splitPoint
, & lastObject
);
3296 wxASSERT(firstObject
!= NULL
);
3297 wxASSERT(lastObject
!= NULL
);
3299 if (!firstObject
|| !lastObject
)
3302 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(firstObject
);
3303 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator lastNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(lastObject
);
3305 wxASSERT(firstNode
);
3308 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= firstNode
;
3312 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
3316 // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3317 wxRichTextRemoveStyle(child
->GetAttributes(), style
);
3319 else if (resetExistingStyle
)
3321 // Preserve the URL as it's not really a formatting style but a property of the object
3323 if (child
->GetAttributes().HasURL() && !characterAttributes
.HasURL())
3324 url
= child
->GetAttributes().GetURL();
3326 child
->GetAttributes() = characterAttributes
;
3329 child
->GetAttributes().SetURL(url
);
3335 // Only apply attributes that will make a difference to the combined
3336 // style as seen on the display
3337 wxRichTextAttr
combinedAttr(newPara
->GetCombinedAttributes(child
->GetAttributes(), true));
3338 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child
->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes
, & combinedAttr
);
3341 wxRichTextApplyStyle(child
->GetAttributes(), characterAttributes
);
3344 if (node2
== lastNode
)
3347 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
3353 node
= node
->GetNext();
3356 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3357 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3358 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
3363 // Just change the attributes for this single object.
3364 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetStyle(wxRichTextObject
* obj
, const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
, int flags
)
3366 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3367 bool withUndo
= flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
;
3368 bool resetExistingStyle
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
) != 0);
3369 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
3371 wxRichTextAction
*action
= NULL
;
3372 wxRichTextAttr newAttr
= obj
->GetAttributes();
3373 if (resetExistingStyle
)
3376 newAttr
.Apply(textAttr
);
3378 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3380 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change Object Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES
, buffer
, obj
->GetContainer(), buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3381 action
->SetRange(obj
->GetRange().FromInternal());
3382 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3383 action
->MakeObject(obj
);
3385 action
->GetAttributes() = newAttr
;
3388 obj
->GetAttributes() = newAttr
;
3390 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3391 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
3394 /// Get the text attributes for this position.
3395 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyle(long position
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3397 return DoGetStyle(position
, style
, true);
3400 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetUncombinedStyle(long position
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3402 return DoGetStyle(position
, style
, false);
3405 /// Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
3406 /// context attributes.
3407 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoGetStyle(long position
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
, bool combineStyles
)
3409 wxRichTextObject
* obj
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3411 if (style
.IsParagraphStyle())
3413 obj
= GetParagraphAtPosition(position
);
3418 // Start with the base style
3419 style
= GetAttributes();
3420 style
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
3422 // Apply the paragraph style
3423 wxRichTextApplyStyle(style
, obj
->GetAttributes());
3426 style
= obj
->GetAttributes();
3433 obj
= GetLeafObjectAtPosition(position
);
3438 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(obj
->GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3439 style
= para
? para
->GetCombinedAttributes(obj
->GetAttributes()) : obj
->GetAttributes();
3442 style
= obj
->GetAttributes();
3450 static bool wxHasStyle(long flags
, long style
)
3452 return (flags
& style
) != 0;
3455 /// Combines 'style' with 'currentStyle' for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
3457 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr
& currentStyle
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, wxRichTextAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxRichTextAttr
& absentAttr
)
3459 currentStyle
.CollectCommonAttributes(style
, clashingAttr
, absentAttr
);
3464 /// Get the combined style for a range - if any attribute is different within the range,
3465 /// that attribute is not present within the flags.
3466 /// *** Note that this is not recursive, and so assumes that content inside a paragraph is not itself
3468 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3470 style
= wxRichTextAttr();
3472 wxRichTextAttr clashingAttrPara
, clashingAttrChar
;
3473 wxRichTextAttr absentAttrPara
, absentAttrChar
;
3475 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= GetChildren().GetFirst();
3478 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3479 if (para
&& !(para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd() || para
->GetRange().GetEnd() < range
.GetStart()))
3481 if (para
->GetChildren().GetCount() == 0)
3483 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* use box attributes */);
3485 CollectStyle(style
, paraStyle
, clashingAttrPara
, absentAttrPara
);
3489 wxRichTextRange
paraRange(para
->GetRange());
3490 paraRange
.LimitTo(range
);
3492 // First collect paragraph attributes only
3493 wxRichTextAttr paraStyle
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes();
3494 paraStyle
.SetFlags(paraStyle
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH
);
3495 CollectStyle(style
, paraStyle
, clashingAttrPara
, absentAttrPara
);
3497 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator childNode
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3501 wxRichTextObject
* child
= childNode
->GetData();
3502 if (!(child
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd() || child
->GetRange().GetEnd() < range
.GetStart()))
3504 wxRichTextAttr childStyle
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(child
->GetAttributes(), true /* include box attributes */);
3506 // Now collect character attributes only
3507 childStyle
.SetFlags(childStyle
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER
);
3509 CollectStyle(style
, childStyle
, clashingAttrChar
, absentAttrChar
);
3512 childNode
= childNode
->GetNext();
3516 node
= node
->GetNext();
3521 /// Set default style
3522 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
3524 m_defaultAttributes
= style
;
3528 /// Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
3529 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3530 /// can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
3531 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3532 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
) const
3535 int matchingCount
= 0;
3537 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3540 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3541 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3545 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3546 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3547 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3549 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3551 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= para
->GetChildren().GetFirst();
3555 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
3556 // Allow for empty string if no buffer
3557 wxRichTextRange childRange
= child
->GetRange();
3558 if (childRange
.GetLength() == 0 && GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
3559 childRange
.SetEnd(childRange
.GetEnd()+1);
3561 if (!childRange
.IsOutside(range
) && wxDynamicCast(child
, wxRichTextPlainText
))
3564 wxRichTextAttr textAttr
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(child
->GetAttributes());
3566 if (textAttr
.EqPartial(style
, false /* strong test - attributes must be valid in both objects */))
3570 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
3575 node
= node
->GetNext();
3578 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3581 /// Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
3582 /// of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
3583 /// can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
3584 /// flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
3585 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
) const
3588 int matchingCount
= 0;
3590 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3593 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3594 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3598 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3599 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3600 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3602 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3604 wxRichTextAttr textAttr
= GetAttributes();
3605 // Apply the paragraph style
3606 wxRichTextApplyStyle(textAttr
, para
->GetAttributes());
3609 if (textAttr
.EqPartial(style
, false /* strong test */))
3614 node
= node
->GetNext();
3616 return foundCount
== matchingCount
&& foundCount
!= 0;
3619 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& container
)
3621 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3622 if (buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
3623 buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->PrepareContent(container
);
3626 /// Set character or paragraph properties
3627 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
, int flags
)
3629 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3631 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
3632 bool parasOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY
) != 0);
3633 bool charactersOnly
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY
) != 0);
3634 bool resetExistingProperties
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET
) != 0);
3635 bool removeProperties
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE
) != 0);
3637 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
3640 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
3642 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
3644 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3646 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change Properties"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3647 action
->SetRange(range
);
3648 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
3651 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3654 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3655 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3657 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
3659 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
3660 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
3663 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
3665 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
3666 // not updating the buffer directly.
3667 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3669 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3671 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
3672 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
3674 // Also store the old ones for Undo
3675 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
3682 if (removeProperties
)
3684 // Removes the given style from the paragraph
3686 newPara
->GetProperties().RemoveProperties(properties
);
3688 else if (resetExistingProperties
)
3689 newPara
->GetProperties() = properties
;
3691 newPara
->GetProperties().MergeProperties(properties
);
3694 // When applying paragraph styles dynamically, don't change the text objects' attributes
3695 // since they will computed as needed. Only apply the character styling if it's _only_
3696 // character styling. This policy is subject to change and might be put under user control.
3698 // Hm. we might well be applying a mix of paragraph and character styles, in which
3699 // case we _do_ want to apply character styles regardless of what para styles are set.
3700 // But if we're applying a paragraph style, which has some character attributes, but
3701 // we only want the paragraphs to hold this character style, then we _don't_ want to
3702 // apply the character style. So we need to be able to choose.
3704 if (!parasOnly
&& charactersOnly
&& range
.GetStart() != newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3706 wxRichTextRange
childRange(range
);
3707 childRange
.LimitTo(newPara
->GetRange());
3709 // Find the starting position and if necessary split it so
3710 // we can start applying different properties.
3711 // TODO: check that the properties actually change or are different
3712 // from properties outside of range
3713 wxRichTextObject
* firstObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3714 wxRichTextObject
* lastObject
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
3716 if (childRange
.GetStart() == newPara
->GetRange().GetStart())
3717 firstObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
3719 firstObject
= newPara
->SplitAt(range
.GetStart());
3721 // Increment by 1 because we're apply the style one _after_ the split point
3722 long splitPoint
= childRange
.GetEnd();
3723 if (splitPoint
!= newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3727 if (splitPoint
== newPara
->GetRange().GetEnd())
3728 lastObject
= newPara
->GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
3730 // lastObject is set as a side-effect of splitting. It's
3731 // returned as the object before the new object.
3732 (void) newPara
->SplitAt(splitPoint
, & lastObject
);
3734 wxASSERT(firstObject
!= NULL
);
3735 wxASSERT(lastObject
!= NULL
);
3737 if (!firstObject
|| !lastObject
)
3740 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator firstNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(firstObject
);
3741 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator lastNode
= newPara
->GetChildren().Find(lastObject
);
3743 wxASSERT(firstNode
);
3746 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= firstNode
;
3750 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
3752 if (removeProperties
)
3754 // Removes the given properties from the paragraph
3755 child
->GetProperties().RemoveProperties(properties
);
3757 else if (resetExistingProperties
)
3758 child
->GetProperties() = properties
;
3761 child
->GetProperties().MergeProperties(properties
);
3764 if (node2
== lastNode
)
3767 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
3773 node
= node
->GetNext();
3776 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
3777 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
3778 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
3783 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Reset()
3787 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
3788 if (buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
3790 wxRichTextEvent
event(wxEVT_RICHTEXT_BUFFER_RESET
, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId());
3791 event
.SetEventObject(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
3792 event
.SetContainer(this);
3794 buffer
->SendEvent(event
, true);
3797 AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
3799 PrepareContent(*this);
3801 InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
3804 /// Invalidate the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
3805 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
3807 wxRichTextCompositeObject::Invalidate(invalidRange
);
3809 DoInvalidate(invalidRange
);
3812 // Do the (in)validation for this object only
3813 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
3815 if (invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
)
3817 m_invalidRange
= wxRICHTEXT_ALL
;
3819 // Already invalidating everything
3820 else if (m_invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
)
3825 if ((invalidRange
.GetStart() < m_invalidRange
.GetStart()) || m_invalidRange
.GetStart() == -1)
3826 m_invalidRange
.SetStart(invalidRange
.GetStart());
3827 if (invalidRange
.GetEnd() > m_invalidRange
.GetEnd())
3828 m_invalidRange
.SetEnd(invalidRange
.GetEnd());
3832 // Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy
3833 void wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange
& invalidRange
)
3835 Invalidate(invalidRange
);
3837 if (invalidRange
!= wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
3839 // Now go up the hierarchy
3840 wxRichTextObject
* thisObj
= this;
3841 wxRichTextObject
* p
= GetParent();
3844 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* l
= wxDynamicCast(p
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
3846 l
->DoInvalidate(thisObj
->GetRange());
3854 /// Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
3855 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs
) const
3857 if (m_invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_ALL
|| m_invalidRange
== wxRICHTEXT_NONE
)
3858 return m_invalidRange
;
3860 wxRichTextRange range
= m_invalidRange
;
3862 if (wholeParagraphs
)
3864 wxRichTextParagraph
* para1
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetStart());
3866 range
.SetStart(para1
->GetRange().GetStart());
3868 // FIXME: be more intelligent about this. Check if we have floating objects
3869 // before the end of the range. But it's not clear how we can in general
3870 // tell where it's safe to stop laying out.
3871 // Anyway, this code is central to efficiency when laying in floating mode.
3872 if (!wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
3874 wxRichTextParagraph
* para2
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetEnd());
3876 range
.SetEnd(para2
->GetRange().GetEnd());
3879 // Floating layout means that all children should be laid out,
3880 // because we can't tell how the whole buffer will be affected.
3881 range
.SetEnd(GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
3886 /// Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
3887 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
)
3889 wxASSERT(styleSheet
!= NULL
);
3895 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetBasicStyle());
3896 if (GetBasicStyle().HasParagraphStyleName())
3898 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* paraDef
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetParagraphStyleName());
3901 attr
.Apply(paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
));
3902 SetBasicStyle(attr
);
3907 if (GetBasicStyle().HasCharacterStyleName())
3909 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* charDef
= styleSheet
->FindCharacterStyle(GetBasicStyle().GetCharacterStyleName());
3912 attr
.Apply(charDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
));
3913 SetBasicStyle(attr
);
3918 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
3921 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
3922 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
3926 // Combine paragraph and list styles. If there is a list style in the original attributes,
3927 // the current indentation overrides anything else and is used to find the item indentation.
3928 // Also, for applying paragraph styles, consider having 2 modes: (1) we merge with what we have,
3929 // thereby taking into account all user changes, (2) reset the style completely (except for indentation/list
3930 // exception as above).
3931 // Problem: when changing from one list style to another, there's a danger that the level info will get lost.
3932 // So when changing a list style interactively, could retrieve level based on current style, then
3933 // set appropriate indent and apply new style.
3937 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel())
3938 outline
= para
->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel();
3939 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
3940 num
= para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
3942 if (!para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3944 int currentIndent
= para
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3946 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* paraDef
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3947 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* listDef
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3948 if (paraDef
&& !listDef
)
3950 para
->GetAttributes() = paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3953 else if (listDef
&& !paraDef
)
3955 // Set overall style defined for the list style definition
3956 para
->GetAttributes() = listDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3958 // Apply the style for this level
3959 wxRichTextApplyStyle(para
->GetAttributes(), * listDef
->GetLevelAttributes(listDef
->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent
)));
3962 else if (listDef
&& paraDef
)
3964 // Combines overall list style, style for level, and paragraph style
3965 para
->GetAttributes() = listDef
->CombineWithParagraphStyle(currentIndent
, paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
));
3969 else if (para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && !para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3971 int currentIndent
= para
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
3973 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* listDef
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
3975 // Overall list definition style
3976 para
->GetAttributes() = listDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3978 // Style for this level
3979 wxRichTextApplyStyle(para
->GetAttributes(), * listDef
->GetLevelAttributes(listDef
->FindLevelForIndent(currentIndent
)));
3983 else if (!para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
3985 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
3988 para
->GetAttributes() = def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
3994 para
->GetAttributes().SetOutlineLevel(outline
);
3996 para
->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(num
);
3999 node
= node
->GetNext();
4001 return foundCount
!= 0;
4005 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4007 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4008 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet();
4010 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
4011 // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
4012 bool specifyLevel
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL
) != 0);
4013 bool renumber
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER
) != 0);
4015 // Current number, if numbering
4018 wxASSERT (!specifyLevel
|| (specifyLevel
&& (specifiedLevel
>= 0)));
4020 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
4023 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
4025 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
4027 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4029 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Change List Style"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
4030 action
->SetRange(range
);
4031 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
4034 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4037 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
4038 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
4040 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
4042 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
4043 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
4046 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
4048 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
4049 // not updating the buffer directly.
4050 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
4052 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4054 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
4055 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
4057 // Also store the old ones for Undo
4058 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
4065 int thisIndent
= newPara
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4066 int thisLevel
= specifyLevel
? specifiedLevel
: def
->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent
);
4068 // How is numbering going to work?
4069 // If we are renumbering, or numbering for the first time, we need to keep
4070 // track of the number for each level. But we might be simply applying a different
4072 // In Word, applying a style to several paragraphs, even if at different levels,
4073 // reverts the level back to the same one. So we could do the same here.
4074 // Renumbering will need to be done when we promote/demote a paragraph.
4076 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
4077 wxRichTextAttr
listStyle(def
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel
, styleSheet
));
4078 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), listStyle
);
4080 // Now we need to do numbering
4081 // Preserve the existing list item continuation bullet style, if any
4082 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && (para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
))
4083 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle()|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
);
4088 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(n
);
4094 else if (!newPara
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4096 // if def is NULL, remove list style, applying any associated paragraph style
4097 // to restore the attributes
4099 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetListStyleName(wxEmptyString
);
4100 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetLeftIndent(0, 0);
4101 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(wxEmptyString
);
4102 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletStyle(0);
4104 // Eliminate the main list-related attributes
4105 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetFlags(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
& ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
& ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
& ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
& wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
4107 if (styleSheet
&& !newPara
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty())
4109 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= styleSheet
->FindParagraphStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
4112 newPara
->GetAttributes() = def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(styleSheet
);
4119 node
= node
->GetNext();
4122 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
4123 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4124 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
4129 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxString
& defName
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4131 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4132 if (buffer
&& buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
4134 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName
);
4136 return SetListStyle(range
, def
, flags
, startFrom
, specifiedLevel
);
4141 /// Clear list for given range
4142 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, int flags
)
4144 return SetListStyle(range
, NULL
, flags
);
4147 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range
4148 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4150 return DoNumberList(range
, range
, 0, def
, flags
, startFrom
, specifiedLevel
);
4153 /// Number/renumber any list elements in the given range. Also do promotion or demotion of items, if specified
4154 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextRange
& promotionRange
, int promoteBy
,
4155 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4157 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4158 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet();
4160 bool withUndo
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
4161 // bool applyMinimal = ((flags & wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE) != 0);
4163 bool specifyLevel
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL
) != 0);
4166 bool renumber
= ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER
) != 0);
4168 // Max number of levels
4169 const int maxLevels
= 10;
4171 // The level we're looking at now
4172 int currentLevel
= -1;
4174 // The item number for each level
4175 int levels
[maxLevels
];
4178 // Reset all numbering
4179 for (i
= 0; i
< maxLevels
; i
++)
4181 if (startFrom
!= -1)
4182 levels
[i
] = startFrom
-1;
4183 else if (renumber
) // start again
4186 levels
[i
] = -1; // start from the number we found, if any
4190 wxASSERT(!specifyLevel
|| (specifyLevel
&& (specifiedLevel
>= 0)));
4193 // If we are associated with a control, make undoable; otherwise, apply immediately
4196 bool haveControl
= (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
4198 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
4200 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4202 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Renumber List"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
4203 action
->SetRange(range
);
4204 action
->SetPosition(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetCaretPosition());
4207 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4210 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
4211 // wxASSERT (para != NULL);
4213 if (para
&& para
->GetChildCount() > 0)
4215 // Stop searching if we're beyond the range of interest
4216 if (para
->GetRange().GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
4219 if (!para
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
4221 // We'll be using a copy of the paragraph to make style changes,
4222 // not updating the buffer directly.
4223 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(NULL
);
4225 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4227 newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
4228 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
4230 // Also store the old ones for Undo
4231 action
->GetOldParagraphs().AppendChild(new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
));
4236 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* defToUse
= def
;
4239 if (styleSheet
&& !newPara
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4240 defToUse
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4245 int thisIndent
= newPara
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4246 int thisLevel
= defToUse
->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent
);
4248 // If we've specified a level to apply to all, change the level.
4249 if (specifiedLevel
!= -1)
4250 thisLevel
= specifiedLevel
;
4252 // Do promotion if specified
4253 if ((promoteBy
!= 0) && !para
->GetRange().IsOutside(promotionRange
))
4255 thisLevel
= thisLevel
- promoteBy
;
4262 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
4263 wxRichTextAttr
listStyle(defToUse
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel
, styleSheet
));
4264 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), listStyle
);
4266 // Preserve the existing list item continuation bullet style, if any
4267 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && (para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
))
4268 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle()|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
);
4270 // OK, we've (re)applied the style, now let's get the numbering right.
4272 if (currentLevel
== -1)
4273 currentLevel
= thisLevel
;
4275 // Same level as before, do nothing except increment level's number afterwards
4276 if (currentLevel
== thisLevel
)
4279 // A deeper level: start renumbering all levels after current level
4280 else if (thisLevel
> currentLevel
)
4282 for (i
= currentLevel
+1; i
<= thisLevel
; i
++)
4286 currentLevel
= thisLevel
;
4288 else if (thisLevel
< currentLevel
)
4290 currentLevel
= thisLevel
;
4293 // Use the current numbering if -1 and we have a bullet number already
4294 if (levels
[currentLevel
] == -1)
4296 if (newPara
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
4297 levels
[currentLevel
] = newPara
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
4299 levels
[currentLevel
] = 1;
4303 if (!(para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && (para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
)))
4304 levels
[currentLevel
] ++;
4307 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletNumber(levels
[currentLevel
]);
4309 // Create the bullet text if an outline list
4310 if (listStyle
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
)
4313 for (i
= 0; i
<= currentLevel
; i
++)
4315 if (!text
.IsEmpty())
4317 text
+= wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), levels
[i
]);
4319 newPara
->GetAttributes().SetBulletText(text
);
4325 node
= node
->GetNext();
4328 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
4329 if (haveControl
&& withUndo
)
4330 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
4335 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::NumberList(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxString
& defName
, int flags
, int startFrom
, int specifiedLevel
)
4337 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4338 if (buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
4340 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= NULL
;
4341 if (!defName
.IsEmpty())
4342 def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName
);
4343 return NumberList(range
, def
, flags
, startFrom
, specifiedLevel
);
4348 /// Promote the list items within the given range. promoteBy can be a positive or negative number, e.g. 1 or -1
4349 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
, int flags
, int specifiedLevel
)
4352 // One strategy is to first work out the range within which renumbering must occur. Then could pass these two ranges
4353 // to NumberList with a flag indicating promotion is required within one of the ranges.
4354 // Find first and last paragraphs in range. Then for first, calculate new indentation and look back until we find
4355 // a paragraph that either has no list style, or has one that is different or whose indentation is less.
4356 // We start renumbering from the para after that different para we found. We specify that the numbering of that
4357 // list position will start from 1.
4358 // Similarly, we look after the last para in the promote range for an indentation that is less (or no list style).
4359 // We can end the renumbering at this point.
4361 // For now, only renumber within the promotion range.
4363 return DoNumberList(range
, range
, promoteBy
, def
, flags
, 1, specifiedLevel
);
4366 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::PromoteList(int promoteBy
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxString
& defName
, int flags
, int specifiedLevel
)
4368 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4369 if (buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
4371 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= NULL
;
4372 if (!defName
.IsEmpty())
4373 def
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(defName
);
4374 return PromoteList(promoteBy
, range
, def
, flags
, specifiedLevel
);
4379 /// Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph. It also finds the
4380 /// position of the paragraph that it had to start looking from.
4381 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph
* previousParagraph
, wxRichTextAttr
& attr
) const
4383 // TODO: add GetNextChild/GetPreviousChild to composite
4384 // Search for a paragraph that isn't a continuation paragraph (no bullet)
4385 while (previousParagraph
&& previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().HasBulletStyle() && previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
)
4387 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= ((wxRichTextCompositeObject
*) previousParagraph
->GetParent())->GetChildren().Find(previousParagraph
);
4390 node
= node
->GetPrevious();
4392 previousParagraph
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
4394 previousParagraph
= NULL
;
4397 previousParagraph
= NULL
;
4400 if (!previousParagraph
|| !previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
) || previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
)
4403 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4404 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet();
4405 if (styleSheet
&& !previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty())
4407 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= styleSheet
->FindListStyle(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4410 // int thisIndent = previousParagraph->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
4411 // int thisLevel = def->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent);
4413 bool isOutline
= (previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
) != 0;
4415 attr
.SetFlags(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetFlags() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
));
4416 if (previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().HasBulletName())
4417 attr
.SetBulletName(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletName());
4418 attr
.SetBulletStyle(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle());
4419 attr
.SetListStyleName(previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
4421 int nextNumber
= previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber() + 1;
4422 attr
.SetBulletNumber(nextNumber
);
4426 wxString text
= previousParagraph
->GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
4427 if (!text
.IsEmpty())
4429 int pos
= text
.Find(wxT('.'), true);
4430 if (pos
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
4432 text
= text
.Mid(0, text
.Length() - pos
- 1);
4435 text
= wxEmptyString
;
4436 if (!text
.IsEmpty())
4438 text
+= wxString::Format(wxT("%d"), nextNumber
);
4439 attr
.SetBulletText(text
);
4453 * wxRichTextParagraph
4454 * This object represents a single paragraph (or in a straight text editor, a line).
4457 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextParagraph
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
)
4459 wxArrayInt
wxRichTextParagraph::sm_defaultTabs
;
4461 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* style
):
4462 wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent
)
4465 SetAttributes(*style
);
4468 wxRichTextParagraph::wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* paraStyle
, wxRichTextAttr
* charStyle
):
4469 wxRichTextCompositeObject(parent
)
4472 SetAttributes(*paraStyle
);
4474 AppendChild(new wxRichTextPlainText(text
, this, charStyle
));
4477 wxRichTextParagraph::~wxRichTextParagraph()
4483 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int WXUNUSED(descent
), int style
)
4488 // Currently we don't merge these attributes with the parent, but we
4489 // should consider whether we should (e.g. if we set a border colour
4490 // for all paragraphs). But generally box attributes are likely to be
4491 // different for different objects.
4492 wxRect paraRect
= GetRect();
4493 wxRichTextAttr attr
= GetCombinedAttributes();
4494 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
4496 DrawBoxAttributes(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, paraRect
);
4498 // Draw the bullet, if any
4499 if ((attr
.GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
) == 0 && (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_CONTINUATION
) == 0)
4501 if (attr
.GetLeftSubIndent() != 0)
4503 int spaceBeforePara
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4504 int leftIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetLeftIndent());
4506 wxRichTextAttr
bulletAttr(attr
);
4508 // Combine with the font of the first piece of content, if one is specified
4509 if (GetChildren().GetCount() > 0)
4511 wxRichTextObject
* firstObj
= (wxRichTextObject
*) GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData();
4512 if (!firstObj
->IsFloatable() && firstObj
->GetAttributes().HasFont())
4514 wxRichTextApplyStyle(bulletAttr
, firstObj
->GetAttributes());
4518 // Get line height from first line, if any
4519 wxRichTextLine
* line
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst() ? (wxRichTextLine
* ) m_cachedLines
.GetFirst()->GetData() : NULL
;
4522 int lineHeight
wxDUMMY_INITIALIZE(0);
4525 lineHeight
= line
->GetSize().y
;
4526 linePos
= line
->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4531 if (bulletAttr
.HasFont() && GetBuffer())
4532 font
= GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr
);
4534 font
= (*wxNORMAL_FONT
);
4536 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
4538 lineHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
4539 linePos
= GetPosition();
4540 linePos
.y
+= spaceBeforePara
;
4543 wxRect
bulletRect(GetPosition().x
+ leftIndent
, linePos
.y
, linePos
.x
- (GetPosition().x
+ leftIndent
), lineHeight
);
4545 if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP
)
4547 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4548 wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawBitmapBullet(this, dc
, bulletAttr
, bulletRect
);
4550 else if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD
)
4552 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4553 wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawStandardBullet(this, dc
, bulletAttr
, bulletRect
);
4557 wxString bulletText
= GetBulletText();
4559 if (!bulletText
.empty() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer())
4560 wxRichTextBuffer::GetRenderer()->DrawTextBullet(this, dc
, bulletAttr
, bulletRect
, bulletText
);
4565 // Draw the range for each line, one object at a time.
4567 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
4570 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
4571 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
4573 // Lines are specified relative to the paragraph
4575 wxPoint linePosition
= line
->GetPosition() + GetPosition();
4577 // Don't draw if off the screen
4578 if (((style
& wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE
) != 0) || ((linePosition
.y
+ line
->GetSize().y
) >= rect
.y
&& linePosition
.y
<= rect
.y
+ rect
.height
))
4580 wxPoint objectPosition
= linePosition
;
4581 int maxDescent
= line
->GetDescent();
4583 // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
4584 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4589 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
4591 if ((!child
->IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode()) && child
->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange
) && !lineRange
.IsOutside(range
))
4593 // Draw this part of the line at the correct position
4594 wxRichTextRange
objectRange(child
->GetRange());
4595 objectRange
.LimitTo(lineRange
);
4598 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
4600 objectSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4601 objectRange
= child
->GetOwnRange();
4605 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING && wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4606 if (i
< (int) line
->GetObjectSizes().GetCount())
4608 objectSize
.x
= line
->GetObjectSizes()[(size_t) i
];
4614 child
->GetRangeSize(objectRange
, objectSize
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, objectPosition
);
4618 // Use the child object's width, but the whole line's height
4619 wxRect
childRect(objectPosition
, wxSize(objectSize
.x
, line
->GetSize().y
));
4620 child
->Draw(dc
, context
, objectRange
, selection
, childRect
, maxDescent
, style
);
4622 objectPosition
.x
+= objectSize
.x
;
4625 else if (child
->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange
.GetEnd())
4626 // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
4629 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
4633 node
= node
->GetNext();
4639 // Get the range width using partial extents calculated for the whole paragraph.
4640 static int wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(const wxRichTextParagraph
& para
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxArrayInt
& partialExtents
)
4642 wxASSERT(partialExtents
.GetCount() >= (size_t) range
.GetLength());
4644 if (partialExtents
.GetCount() < (size_t) range
.GetLength())
4647 int leftMostPos
= 0;
4648 if (range
.GetStart() - para
.GetRange().GetStart() > 0)
4649 leftMostPos
= partialExtents
[range
.GetStart() - para
.GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
4651 int rightMostPos
= partialExtents
[range
.GetEnd() - para
.GetRange().GetStart()];
4653 int w
= rightMostPos
- leftMostPos
;
4658 /// Lay the item out
4659 bool wxRichTextParagraph::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
)
4661 // Deal with floating objects firstly before the normal layout
4662 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
4665 wxRichTextFloatCollector
* collector
= GetContainer()->GetFloatCollector();
4667 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
4669 wxASSERT(collector
!= NULL
);
4671 LayoutFloat(dc
, context
, rect
, parentRect
, style
, collector
);
4674 wxRichTextAttr attr
= GetCombinedAttributes();
4675 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
4679 // Increase the size of the paragraph due to spacing
4680 int spaceBeforePara
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
4681 int spaceAfterPara
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
4682 int leftIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetLeftIndent());
4683 int leftSubIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetLeftSubIndent());
4684 int rightIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetRightIndent());
4686 int lineSpacing
= 0;
4688 // Let's assume line spacing of 10 is normal, 15 is 1.5, 20 is 2, etc.
4689 if (attr
.HasLineSpacing() && attr
.GetLineSpacing() > 0 && attr
.HasFont())
4691 wxFont
font(buffer
->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
));
4694 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
4695 lineSpacing
= (int) (double(dc
.GetCharHeight()) * (double(attr
.GetLineSpacing())/10.0 - 1.0));
4699 // Start position for each line relative to the paragraph
4700 int startPositionFirstLine
= leftIndent
;
4701 int startPositionSubsequentLines
= leftIndent
+ leftSubIndent
;
4703 // If we have a bullet in this paragraph, the start position for the first line's text
4704 // is actually leftIndent + leftSubIndent.
4705 if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() != wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
)
4706 startPositionFirstLine
= startPositionSubsequentLines
;
4708 long lastEndPos
= GetRange().GetStart()-1;
4709 long lastCompletedEndPos
= lastEndPos
;
4711 int currentWidth
= 0;
4712 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
4714 wxPoint
currentPosition(0, spaceBeforePara
); // We will calculate lines relative to paragraph
4717 int maxHeight
= currentPosition
.y
;
4722 int lineDescent
= 0;
4724 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
;
4726 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4728 wxArrayInt partialExtents
;
4731 int paraDescent
= 0;
4733 // This calculates the partial text extents
4734 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
, rect
.GetPosition(), parentRect
.GetSize(), & partialExtents
);
4736 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4739 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
4741 //child->SetCachedSize(wxDefaultSize);
4742 child
->Layout(dc
, context
, rect
, style
);
4744 node
= node
->GetNext();
4750 // We may need to go back to a previous child, in which case create the new line,
4751 // find the child corresponding to the start position of the string, and
4754 wxRect availableRect
;
4756 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
4759 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
4761 // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
4762 // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
4764 if ((child
->IsFloating() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
4765 || !child
->IsShown() || (child
->GetRange().GetLength() == 0 && maxHeight
> spaceBeforePara
)
4768 node
= node
->GetNext();
4772 // If this is e.g. a composite text box, it will need to be laid out itself.
4773 // But if just a text fragment or image, for example, this will
4774 // do nothing. NB: won't we need to set the position after layout?
4775 // since for example if position is dependent on vertical line size, we
4776 // can't tell the position until the size is determined. So possibly introduce
4777 // another layout phase.
4779 // We may only be looking at part of a child, if we searched back for wrapping
4780 // and found a suitable point some way into the child. So get the size for the fragment
4783 long nextBreakPos
= GetFirstLineBreakPosition(lastEndPos
+1);
4784 long lastPosToUse
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
4785 bool lineBreakInThisObject
= (nextBreakPos
> -1 && nextBreakPos
<= child
->GetRange().GetEnd());
4787 if (lineBreakInThisObject
)
4788 lastPosToUse
= nextBreakPos
;
4791 int childDescent
= 0;
4793 int startOffset
= (lineCount
== 0 ? startPositionFirstLine
: startPositionSubsequentLines
);
4794 availableRect
= wxRect(rect
.x
+ startOffset
, rect
.y
+ currentPosition
.y
,
4795 rect
.width
- startOffset
- rightIndent
, rect
.height
);
4797 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
4799 wxSize oldSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4801 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
4802 child
->SetPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4804 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4805 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4806 // The position will be determined by its location in its line,
4807 // and not by the child's actual position.
4808 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, buffer
,
4809 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableRect
, parentRect
, style
);
4811 if (oldSize
!= child
->GetCachedSize())
4813 partialExtents
.Clear();
4815 // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4816 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize(), & partialExtents
);
4820 // Problem: we need to layout composites here for which we need the available width,
4821 // but we can't get the available width without using the float collector which
4822 // needs to know the object height.
4824 if ((nextBreakPos
== -1) && (lastEndPos
== child
->GetRange().GetStart() - 1)) // i.e. we want to get the whole thing
4826 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4827 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
4831 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4832 // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4833 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos
+1, lastPosToUse
), childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize());
4834 childSize
.x
= wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos
+1, lastPosToUse
), partialExtents
);
4836 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(lastEndPos
+1, lastPosToUse
), childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, rect
.GetPosition(), parentRect
.GetSize());
4841 int loopIterations
= 0;
4843 // If there are nested objects that need to lay themselves out, we have to do this in a
4844 // loop because the height of the object may well depend on the available width.
4845 // And because of floating object positioning, the available width depends on the
4846 // height of the object and whether it will clash with the floating objects.
4847 // So, we see whether the available width changes due to the presence of floating images.
4848 // If it does, then we'll use the new restricted width to find the object height again.
4849 // If this causes another restriction in the available width, we'll try again, until
4850 // either we lose patience or the available width settles down.
4855 wxRect oldAvailableRect
= availableRect
;
4857 // Available width depends on the floating objects and the line height.
4858 // Note: the floating objects may be placed vertically along the two sides of
4859 // buffer, so we may have different available line widths with different
4860 // [startY, endY]. So, we can't determine how wide the available
4861 // space is until we know the exact line height.
4862 if (childDescent
== 0)
4864 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
4865 lineDescent
= maxDescent
;
4866 lineAscent
= maxAscent
;
4870 lineDescent
= wxMax(childDescent
, maxDescent
);
4871 lineAscent
= wxMax(childSize
.y
-childDescent
, maxAscent
);
4873 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, (lineDescent
+ lineAscent
));
4875 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && collector
)
4877 wxRect floatAvailableRect
= collector
->GetAvailableRect(rect
.y
+ currentPosition
.y
, rect
.y
+ currentPosition
.y
+ lineHeight
);
4879 // Adjust availableRect to the space that is available when taking floating objects into account.
4881 if (floatAvailableRect
.x
+ startOffset
> availableRect
.x
)
4883 int newX
= floatAvailableRect
.x
+ startOffset
;
4884 int newW
= availableRect
.width
- (newX
- availableRect
.x
);
4885 availableRect
.x
= newX
;
4886 availableRect
.width
= newW
;
4889 if (floatAvailableRect
.width
< availableRect
.width
)
4890 availableRect
.width
= floatAvailableRect
.width
;
4893 currentPosition
.x
= availableRect
.x
- rect
.x
;
4895 if (child
->IsTopLevel() && loopIterations
<= 20)
4897 if (availableRect
!= oldAvailableRect
)
4899 wxSize oldSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4901 // Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
4902 // lays out the object again using the minimum size
4903 child
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
4904 child
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, buffer
,
4905 attr
, child
->GetAttributes(), availableRect
, parentRect
.GetSize(), style
);
4906 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
4907 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
4909 if (oldSize
!= child
->GetCachedSize())
4911 partialExtents
.Clear();
4913 // Recalculate the partial text extents since the child object changed size
4914 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize(), & partialExtents
);
4917 // Go around the loop finding the available rect for the given floating objects
4927 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
4929 // We can move it to the correct position at this point
4930 // TODO: probably need to add margin
4931 child
->Move(GetPosition() + wxPoint(currentWidth
+ (wxMax(leftIndent
, leftIndent
+ leftSubIndent
)), currentPosition
.y
));
4935 // 1) There was a line break BEFORE the natural break
4936 // 2) There was a line break AFTER the natural break
4937 // 3) It's the last line
4938 // 4) The child still fits (carry on) - 'else' clause
4940 if ((lineBreakInThisObject
&& (childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
<= availableRect
.width
))
4942 (childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
> availableRect
.width
)
4945 ((childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
<= availableRect
.width
) && !node
->GetNext())
4949 long wrapPosition
= 0;
4950 if ((childSize
.x
+ currentWidth
<= availableRect
.width
) && !node
->GetNext() && !lineBreakInThisObject
)
4951 wrapPosition
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
4954 // Find a place to wrap. This may walk back to previous children,
4955 // for example if a word spans several objects.
4956 // Note: one object must contains only one wxTextAtrr, so the line height will not
4957 // change inside one object. Thus, we can pass the remain line width to the
4958 // FindWrapPosition function.
4959 if (!FindWrapPosition(wxRichTextRange(lastCompletedEndPos
+1, child
->GetRange().GetEnd()), dc
, context
, availableRect
.width
, wrapPosition
, & partialExtents
))
4961 // If the function failed, just cut it off at the end of this child.
4962 wrapPosition
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
4965 // FindWrapPosition can still return a value that will put us in an endless wrapping loop
4966 if (wrapPosition
<= lastCompletedEndPos
)
4967 wrapPosition
= wxMax(lastCompletedEndPos
+1,child
->GetRange().GetEnd());
4969 // Line end position shouldn't be the same as the end, or greater.
4970 if (wrapPosition
>= GetRange().GetEnd())
4971 wrapPosition
= wxMax(0, GetRange().GetEnd()-1);
4973 // wxLogDebug(wxT("Split at %ld"), wrapPosition);
4975 // Let's find the actual size of the current line now
4977 wxRichTextRange
actualRange(lastCompletedEndPos
+1, wrapPosition
);
4981 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
4982 if (!child
->IsEmpty())
4984 // Get height only, then the width using the partial extents
4985 GetRangeSize(actualRange
, actualSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
|wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize());
4986 actualSize
.x
= wxRichTextGetRangeWidth(*this, actualRange
, partialExtents
);
4990 GetRangeSize(actualRange
, actualSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, wxPoint(0,0), parentRect
.GetSize());
4992 currentWidth
= actualSize
.x
;
4994 // The descent for the whole line at this point, is the correct max descent
4995 maxDescent
= childDescent
;
4997 maxAscent
= actualSize
.y
-childDescent
;
4999 // lineHeight is given by the height for the whole line, since it will
5000 // take into account ascend/descend.
5001 lineHeight
= actualSize
.y
;
5003 if (lineHeight
== 0 && buffer
)
5005 wxFont
font(buffer
->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
));
5006 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
5007 lineHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5010 if (maxDescent
== 0)
5013 dc
.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
5017 wxRichTextLine
* line
= AllocateLine(lineCount
);
5019 // Set relative range so we won't have to change line ranges when paragraphs are moved
5020 line
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(actualRange
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart(), actualRange
.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()));
5021 line
->SetPosition(currentPosition
);
5022 line
->SetSize(wxSize(currentWidth
, lineHeight
));
5023 line
->SetDescent(maxDescent
);
5025 maxHeight
= currentPosition
.y
+ lineHeight
;
5027 // Now move down a line. TODO: add margins, spacing
5028 currentPosition
.y
+= lineHeight
;
5029 currentPosition
.y
+= lineSpacing
;
5032 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, currentWidth
+startOffset
);
5037 // TODO: account for zero-length objects
5038 // wxASSERT(wrapPosition > lastCompletedEndPos);
5040 lastEndPos
= wrapPosition
;
5041 lastCompletedEndPos
= lastEndPos
;
5045 if (wrapPosition
< GetRange().GetEnd()-1)
5047 // May need to set the node back to a previous one, due to searching back in wrapping
5048 wxRichTextObject
* childAfterWrapPosition
= FindObjectAtPosition(wrapPosition
+1);
5049 if (childAfterWrapPosition
)
5050 node
= m_children
.Find(childAfterWrapPosition
);
5052 node
= node
->GetNext();
5055 node
= node
->GetNext();
5057 // Apply paragraph styles such as alignment to the wrapped line
5058 ApplyParagraphStyle(line
, attr
, availableRect
, dc
);
5062 // We still fit, so don't add a line, and keep going
5063 currentWidth
+= childSize
.x
;
5065 if (childDescent
== 0)
5067 // An object with a zero descend value wants to take up the whole
5068 // height regardless of baseline
5069 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5073 maxDescent
= wxMax(childDescent
, maxDescent
);
5074 maxAscent
= wxMax(childSize
.y
-childDescent
, maxAscent
);
5077 lineHeight
= wxMax(lineHeight
, (maxDescent
+ maxAscent
));
5079 maxWidth
= wxMax(maxWidth
, currentWidth
+startOffset
);
5080 lastEndPos
= child
->GetRange().GetEnd();
5082 node
= node
->GetNext();
5086 //wxASSERT(!(lastCompletedEndPos != -1 && lastCompletedEndPos < GetRange().GetEnd()-1));
5088 // Add the last line - it's the current pos -> last para pos
5089 // Substract -1 because the last position is always the end-paragraph position.
5090 if (lastCompletedEndPos
<= GetRange().GetEnd()-1)
5092 currentPosition
.x
= (lineCount
== 0 ? startPositionFirstLine
: startPositionSubsequentLines
);
5094 wxRichTextLine
* line
= AllocateLine(lineCount
);
5096 wxRichTextRange
actualRange(lastCompletedEndPos
+1, GetRange().GetEnd()-1);
5098 // Set relative range so we won't have to change line ranges when paragraphs are moved
5099 line
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(actualRange
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart(), actualRange
.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()));
5101 line
->SetPosition(currentPosition
);
5103 if (lineHeight
== 0 && buffer
)
5105 wxFont
font(buffer
->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
));
5106 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
5107 lineHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5110 if (maxDescent
== 0)
5113 dc
.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
5116 line
->SetSize(wxSize(currentWidth
, lineHeight
));
5117 line
->SetDescent(maxDescent
);
5118 currentPosition
.y
+= lineHeight
;
5119 currentPosition
.y
+= lineSpacing
;
5122 // Apply paragraph styles such as alignment to the wrapped line
5123 ApplyParagraphStyle(line
, attr
, availableRect
, dc
);
5126 // Remove remaining unused line objects, if any
5127 ClearUnusedLines(lineCount
);
5129 // We need to add back the margins etc.
5131 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
5132 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxWidth
, currentPosition
.y
+ spaceAfterPara
));
5133 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
5134 SetCachedSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
5137 // The maximum size is the length of the paragraph stretched out into a line.
5138 // So if there were a single word, or an image, or a fixed-size text box, the object could be shrunk around
5139 // this size. TODO: take into account line breaks.
5141 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
5142 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(paraSize
.x
+ wxMax(leftIndent
, leftIndent
+ leftSubIndent
) + rightIndent
, currentPosition
.y
+ spaceAfterPara
));
5143 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
5144 SetMaxSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
5147 // Find the greatest minimum size. Currently we only look at non-text objects,
5148 // which isn't ideal but it would be slow to find the maximum word width to
5149 // use as the minimum.
5152 node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5155 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5157 // If floating, ignore. We already laid out floats.
5158 // Also ignore if empty object, except if we haven't got any
5160 if ((!child
->IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode()) && child
->GetRange().GetLength() != 0 && !wxDynamicCast(child
, wxRichTextPlainText
))
5162 if (child
->GetCachedSize().x
> minWidth
)
5163 minWidth
= child
->GetMinSize().x
;
5165 node
= node
->GetNext();
5168 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
5169 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(minWidth
, currentPosition
.y
+ spaceAfterPara
));
5170 GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
5171 SetMinSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
5174 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5175 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
5176 // Use the text extents to calculate the size of each fragment in each line
5177 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator lineNode
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5180 wxRichTextLine
* line
= lineNode
->GetData();
5181 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5183 // Loop through objects until we get to the one within range
5184 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5188 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
5190 if (child
->GetRange().GetLength() > 0 && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange
))
5192 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= lineRange
;
5193 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
5195 // Find the size of the child from the text extents, and store in an array
5196 // for drawing later
5198 if (rangeToUse
.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
5199 left
= partialExtents
[(rangeToUse
.GetStart()-1) - GetRange().GetStart()];
5200 int right
= partialExtents
[rangeToUse
.GetEnd() - GetRange().GetStart()];
5201 int sz
= right
- left
;
5202 line
->GetObjectSizes().Add(sz
);
5204 else if (child
->GetRange().GetStart() > lineRange
.GetEnd())
5205 // Can break out of inner loop now since we've passed this line's range
5208 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
5211 lineNode
= lineNode
->GetNext();
5219 /// Apply paragraph styles, such as centering, to wrapped lines
5220 /// TODO: take into account box attributes, possibly
5221 void wxRichTextParagraph::ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine
* line
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
, wxDC
& dc
)
5223 if (!attr
.HasAlignment())
5226 wxPoint pos
= line
->GetPosition();
5227 wxPoint originalPos
= pos
;
5228 wxSize size
= line
->GetSize();
5230 // centering, right-justification
5231 if (attr
.HasAlignment() && attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE
)
5233 int rightIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetRightIndent());
5234 pos
.x
= (rect
.GetWidth() - rightIndent
- size
.x
)/2 + pos
.x
;
5235 line
->SetPosition(pos
);
5237 else if (attr
.HasAlignment() && attr
.GetAlignment() == wxTEXT_ALIGNMENT_RIGHT
)
5239 int rightIndent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, attr
.GetRightIndent());
5240 pos
.x
= pos
.x
+ rect
.GetWidth() - size
.x
- rightIndent
;
5241 line
->SetPosition(pos
);
5244 if (pos
!= originalPos
)
5246 wxPoint inc
= pos
- originalPos
;
5248 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5252 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5253 if (child
->IsTopLevel() && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(line
->GetAbsoluteRange()))
5254 child
->Move(child
->GetPosition() + inc
);
5256 node
= node
->GetNext();
5261 /// Insert text at the given position
5262 bool wxRichTextParagraph::InsertText(long pos
, const wxString
& text
)
5264 wxRichTextObject
* childToUse
= NULL
;
5265 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator nodeToUse
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
5267 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5270 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5271 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
) && child
->GetRange().GetLength() > 0)
5278 node
= node
->GetNext();
5283 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObject
= wxDynamicCast(childToUse
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
5286 int posInString
= pos
- textObject
->GetRange().GetStart();
5288 wxString newText
= textObject
->GetText().Mid(0, posInString
) +
5289 text
+ textObject
->GetText().Mid(posInString
);
5290 textObject
->SetText(newText
);
5292 int textLength
= text
.length();
5294 textObject
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject
->GetRange().GetStart(),
5295 textObject
->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength
));
5297 // Increment the end range of subsequent fragments in this paragraph.
5298 // We'll set the paragraph range itself at a higher level.
5300 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= nodeToUse
->GetNext();
5303 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5304 child
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(textObject
->GetRange().GetStart() + textLength
,
5305 textObject
->GetRange().GetEnd() + textLength
));
5307 node
= node
->GetNext();
5314 // TODO: if not a text object, insert at closest position, e.g. in front of it
5320 // Don't pass parent initially to suppress auto-setting of parent range.
5321 // We'll do that at a higher level.
5322 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObject
= new wxRichTextPlainText(text
, this);
5324 AppendChild(textObject
);
5331 void wxRichTextParagraph::Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph
& obj
)
5333 wxRichTextCompositeObject::Copy(obj
);
5336 /// Clear the cached lines
5337 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearLines()
5339 WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxRichTextLineList
, m_cachedLines
);
5342 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
5343 /// is invalid for this object.
5344 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
5346 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
5349 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
)
5351 // Just use unformatted data, assume no line breaks
5354 wxArrayInt childExtents
;
5363 int maxLineHeight
= 0;
5365 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5368 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5369 if (!child
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
5371 // Floating objects have a zero size within the paragraph.
5372 if (child
->IsFloating() && wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode())
5377 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
5378 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
5382 partialExtents
->Add(0 /* zero size */ + lastSize
);
5389 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= range
;
5390 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
5391 int childDescent
= 0;
5393 // At present wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY is only fast if we've already cached the size,
5394 // but it's only going to be used after caching has taken place.
5395 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY
) && child
->GetCachedSize().y
!= 0)
5397 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
5398 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
5400 if (childDescent
== 0)
5402 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5406 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxDescent
, childDescent
);
5407 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5410 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5412 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, maxLineHeight
);
5413 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
5414 descent
= maxDescent
;
5416 else if (child
->IsTopLevel())
5418 childDescent
= child
->GetDescent();
5419 childSize
= child
->GetCachedSize();
5421 if (childDescent
== 0)
5423 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5427 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxDescent
, childDescent
);
5428 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5431 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5433 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, maxLineHeight
);
5434 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
5435 descent
= maxDescent
;
5437 // FIXME: this won't change the original values.
5438 // Should we be calling GetRangeSize above instead of using cached values?
5440 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
) && (rangeToUse
== child
->GetRange()))
5442 child
->SetCachedSize(childSize
);
5443 child
->SetDescent(childDescent
);
5450 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
5451 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
5455 partialExtents
->Add(childSize
.x
+ lastSize
);
5458 else if (child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, wxPoint(position
.x
+ sz
.x
, position
.y
), parentSize
, p
))
5460 if (childDescent
== 0)
5462 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5466 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxDescent
, childDescent
);
5467 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5470 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5472 sz
.y
= wxMax(sz
.y
, maxLineHeight
);
5473 sz
.x
+= childSize
.x
;
5474 descent
= maxDescent
;
5476 if ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE
) && (rangeToUse
== child
->GetRange()))
5478 child
->SetCachedSize(childSize
);
5479 child
->SetDescent(childDescent
);
5485 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
5486 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
5491 for (i
= 0; i
< childExtents
.GetCount(); i
++)
5493 partialExtents
->Add(childExtents
[i
] + lastSize
);
5503 node
= node
->GetNext();
5509 // Use formatted data, with line breaks
5512 // We're going to loop through each line, and then for each line,
5513 // call GetRangeSize for the fragment that comprises that line.
5514 // Only we have to do that multiple times within the line, because
5515 // the line may be broken into pieces. For now ignore line break commands
5516 // (so we can assume that getting the unformatted size for a fragment
5517 // within a line is the actual size)
5519 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5522 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
5523 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5524 if (!lineRange
.IsOutside(range
))
5528 int maxLineHeight
= 0;
5529 int maxLineWidth
= 0;
5531 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node2
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5534 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node2
->GetData();
5536 if ((!child
->IsFloating() || !wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode()) && !child
->GetRange().IsOutside(lineRange
))
5538 wxRichTextRange rangeToUse
= lineRange
;
5539 rangeToUse
.LimitTo(child
->GetRange());
5540 if (child
->IsTopLevel())
5541 rangeToUse
= child
->GetOwnRange();
5544 int childDescent
= 0;
5545 if (child
->GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, childDescent
, dc
, context
, flags
, wxPoint(position
.x
+ sz
.x
, position
.y
), parentSize
))
5547 if (childDescent
== 0)
5549 // Assume that if descent is zero, this child can occupy the full line height
5550 // and does not need space for the line's maximum descent. So we influence
5551 // the overall max line height only.
5552 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, childSize
.y
);
5556 maxAscent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, (childSize
.y
- childDescent
));
5557 maxDescent
= wxMax(maxAscent
, childDescent
);
5559 maxLineHeight
= wxMax(maxLineHeight
, (maxAscent
+ maxDescent
));
5560 maxLineWidth
+= childSize
.x
;
5564 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
5567 descent
= wxMax(descent
, maxDescent
);
5569 // Increase size by a line (TODO: paragraph spacing)
5570 sz
.y
+= maxLineHeight
;
5571 sz
.x
= wxMax(sz
.x
, maxLineWidth
);
5573 node
= node
->GetNext();
5580 /// Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
5581 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindPosition(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, long index
, wxPoint
& pt
, int* height
, bool forceLineStart
)
5585 wxRichTextLine
* line
= ((wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
*)GetParent())->GetLineAtPosition(0);
5587 *height
= line
->GetSize().y
;
5589 *height
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5591 // -1 means 'the start of the buffer'.
5594 pt
= pt
+ line
->GetPosition();
5599 // The final position in a paragraph is taken to mean the position
5600 // at the start of the next paragraph.
5601 if (index
== GetRange().GetEnd())
5603 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* parent
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
5604 wxASSERT( parent
!= NULL
);
5606 // Find the height at the next paragraph, if any
5607 wxRichTextLine
* line
= parent
->GetLineAtPosition(index
+ 1);
5610 *height
= line
->GetSize().y
;
5611 pt
= line
->GetAbsolutePosition();
5615 *height
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
5616 int indent
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, m_attributes
.GetLeftIndent());
5617 pt
= wxPoint(indent
, GetCachedSize().y
);
5623 if (index
< GetRange().GetStart() || index
> GetRange().GetEnd())
5626 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5629 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
5630 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5631 if (index
>= lineRange
.GetStart() && index
<= lineRange
.GetEnd())
5633 // If this is the last point in the line, and we're forcing the
5634 // returned value to be the start of the next line, do the required
5636 if (index
== lineRange
.GetEnd() && forceLineStart
)
5638 if (node
->GetNext())
5640 wxRichTextLine
* nextLine
= node
->GetNext()->GetData();
5641 *height
= nextLine
->GetSize().y
;
5642 pt
= nextLine
->GetAbsolutePosition();
5647 pt
.y
= line
->GetPosition().y
+ GetPosition().y
;
5649 wxRichTextRange
r(lineRange
.GetStart(), index
);
5653 // We find the size of the line up to this point,
5654 // then we can add this size to the line start position and
5655 // paragraph start position to find the actual position.
5657 if (GetRangeSize(r
, rangeSize
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, line
->GetPosition()+ GetPosition()))
5659 pt
.x
= line
->GetPosition().x
+ GetPosition().x
+ rangeSize
.x
;
5660 *height
= line
->GetSize().y
;
5667 node
= node
->GetNext();
5673 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
5674 /// information about position
5675 int wxRichTextParagraph::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
5678 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
5680 // If we're in the top-level container, then we can return
5681 // a suitable hit test code even if the point is outside the container area,
5682 // so that we can position the caret sensibly even if we don't
5683 // click on valid content. If we're not at the top-level, and the point
5684 // is not within this paragraph object, then we don't want to stop more
5685 // precise hit-testing from working prematurely, so return immediately.
5686 // NEW STRATEGY: use the parent boundary to test whether we're in the
5687 // right region, not the paragraph, since the paragraph may be positioned
5688 // some way in from where the user clicks.
5691 wxRichTextObject
* tempObj
, *tempContextObj
;
5692 if (GetParent() && GetParent()->wxRichTextObject::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, tmpPos
, & tempObj
, & tempContextObj
, flags
) == wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
5693 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
5696 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator objNode
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5699 wxRichTextObject
* child
= objNode
->GetData();
5700 // Don't recurse if we have wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS,
5701 // and also, if this seems composite but actually is marked as atomic,
5703 if (child
->IsTopLevel() && ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS
) == 0) &&
5704 (! (((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC
) != 0) && child
->IsAtomic())))
5707 int hitTest
= child
->HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
);
5708 if (hitTest
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
5713 objNode
= objNode
->GetNext();
5716 wxPoint paraPos
= GetPosition();
5718 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetFirst();
5721 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
5722 wxPoint linePos
= paraPos
+ line
->GetPosition();
5723 wxSize lineSize
= line
->GetSize();
5724 wxRichTextRange lineRange
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
5726 if (pt
.y
<= linePos
.y
+ lineSize
.y
)
5728 if (pt
.x
< linePos
.x
)
5730 textPosition
= lineRange
.GetStart();
5731 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5732 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5733 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE
;
5735 else if (pt
.x
>= (linePos
.x
+ lineSize
.x
))
5737 textPosition
= lineRange
.GetEnd();
5738 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5739 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5740 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE
;
5744 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
5745 wxArrayInt partialExtents
;
5750 // This calculates the partial text extents
5751 GetRangeSize(lineRange
, paraSize
, paraDescent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, linePos
, wxDefaultSize
, & partialExtents
);
5753 int lastX
= linePos
.x
;
5755 for (i
= 0; i
< partialExtents
.GetCount(); i
++)
5757 int nextX
= partialExtents
[i
] + linePos
.x
;
5759 if (pt
.x
>= lastX
&& pt
.x
<= nextX
)
5761 textPosition
= i
+ lineRange
.GetStart(); // minus 1?
5763 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5764 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5766 // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5767 // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5768 // which side of the position it's on.
5770 int midPoint
= (nextX
+ lastX
)/2;
5771 if (pt
.x
>= midPoint
)
5772 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
;
5774 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
;
5781 int lastX
= linePos
.x
;
5782 for (i
= lineRange
.GetStart(); i
<= lineRange
.GetEnd(); i
++)
5787 wxRichTextRange
rangeToUse(lineRange
.GetStart(), i
);
5789 GetRangeSize(rangeToUse
, childSize
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
, linePos
);
5791 int nextX
= childSize
.x
+ linePos
.x
;
5793 if (pt
.x
>= lastX
&& pt
.x
<= nextX
)
5797 *obj
= FindObjectAtPosition(textPosition
);
5798 *contextObj
= GetContainer();
5800 // So now we know it's between i-1 and i.
5801 // Let's see if we can be more precise about
5802 // which side of the position it's on.
5804 int midPoint
= (nextX
+ lastX
)/2;
5805 if (pt
.x
>= midPoint
)
5806 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
;
5808 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE
;
5819 node
= node
->GetNext();
5822 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
;
5825 /// Split an object at this position if necessary, and return
5826 /// the previous object, or NULL if inserting at beginning.
5827 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraph::SplitAt(long pos
, wxRichTextObject
** previousObject
)
5829 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5832 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5834 if (pos
== child
->GetRange().GetStart())
5838 if (node
->GetPrevious())
5839 *previousObject
= node
->GetPrevious()->GetData();
5841 *previousObject
= NULL
;
5847 if (child
->GetRange().Contains(pos
))
5849 // This should create a new object, transferring part of
5850 // the content to the old object and the rest to the new object.
5851 wxRichTextObject
* newObject
= child
->DoSplit(pos
);
5853 // If we couldn't split this object, just insert in front of it.
5856 // Maybe this is an empty string, try the next one
5861 // Insert the new object after 'child'
5862 if (node
->GetNext())
5863 m_children
.Insert(node
->GetNext(), newObject
);
5865 m_children
.Append(newObject
);
5866 newObject
->SetParent(this);
5869 *previousObject
= child
;
5875 node
= node
->GetNext();
5878 *previousObject
= NULL
;
5882 /// Move content to a list from obj on
5883 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveToList(wxRichTextObject
* obj
, wxList
& list
)
5885 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.Find(obj
);
5888 wxRichTextObject
* child
= node
->GetData();
5891 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator oldNode
= node
;
5893 node
= node
->GetNext();
5895 m_children
.DeleteNode(oldNode
);
5899 /// Add content back from list
5900 void wxRichTextParagraph::MoveFromList(wxList
& list
)
5902 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= list
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
5904 AppendChild((wxRichTextObject
*) node
->GetData());
5909 void wxRichTextParagraph::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
5911 wxRichTextCompositeObject::CalculateRange(start
, end
);
5913 // Add one for end of paragraph
5916 m_range
.SetRange(start
, end
);
5919 /// Find the object at the given position
5920 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraph::FindObjectAtPosition(long position
)
5922 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5925 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
5926 if (obj
->GetRange().Contains(position
) ||
5927 obj
->GetRange().GetStart() == position
||
5928 obj
->GetRange().GetEnd() == position
)
5931 node
= node
->GetNext();
5936 /// Get the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
5937 /// The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
5938 bool wxRichTextParagraph::GetContiguousPlainText(wxString
& text
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, bool fromStart
)
5940 text
= wxEmptyString
;
5944 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
5947 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
5948 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
5950 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObj
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
5953 text
+= textObj
->GetTextForRange(range
);
5961 node
= node
->GetNext();
5966 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetLast();
5969 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
5970 if (!obj
->GetRange().IsOutside(range
))
5972 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObj
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
5975 text
= textObj
->GetTextForRange(range
) + text
;
5979 text
= wxT(" ") + text
;
5983 node
= node
->GetPrevious();
5990 /// Find a suitable wrap position.
5991 bool wxRichTextParagraph::FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int availableSpace
, long& wrapPosition
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
)
5993 if (range
.GetLength() <= 0)
5996 // Find the first position where the line exceeds the available space.
5998 long breakPosition
= range
.GetEnd();
6000 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_PARTIAL_TEXT_EXTENTS
6001 if (partialExtents
&& partialExtents
->GetCount() >= (size_t) (GetRange().GetLength()-1)) // the final position in a paragraph is the newline
6005 if (range
.GetStart() > GetRange().GetStart())
6006 widthBefore
= (*partialExtents
)[range
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart() - 1];
6011 for (i
= (size_t) range
.GetStart(); i
<= (size_t) range
.GetEnd(); i
++)
6013 int widthFromStartOfThisRange
= (*partialExtents
)[i
- GetRange().GetStart()] - widthBefore
;
6015 if (widthFromStartOfThisRange
> availableSpace
)
6017 breakPosition
= i
-1;
6025 // Binary chop for speed
6026 long minPos
= range
.GetStart();
6027 long maxPos
= range
.GetEnd();
6030 if (minPos
== maxPos
)
6033 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), minPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6035 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6036 breakPosition
= minPos
- 1;
6039 else if ((maxPos
- minPos
) == 1)
6042 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), minPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6044 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6045 breakPosition
= minPos
- 1;
6048 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), maxPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6049 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6050 breakPosition
= maxPos
-1;
6056 long nextPos
= minPos
+ ((maxPos
- minPos
) / 2);
6059 GetRangeSize(wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), nextPos
), sz
, descent
, dc
, context
, wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED
);
6061 if (sz
.x
> availableSpace
)
6073 // Now we know the last position on the line.
6074 // Let's try to find a word break.
6077 if (GetContiguousPlainText(plainText
, wxRichTextRange(range
.GetStart(), breakPosition
), false))
6079 int newLinePos
= plainText
.Find(wxRichTextLineBreakChar
);
6080 if (newLinePos
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
6082 breakPosition
= wxMax(0, range
.GetStart() + newLinePos
);
6086 int spacePos
= plainText
.Find(wxT(' '), true);
6087 int tabPos
= plainText
.Find(wxT('\t'), true);
6088 int pos
= wxMax(spacePos
, tabPos
);
6089 if (pos
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
6091 int positionsFromEndOfString
= plainText
.length() - pos
- 1;
6092 breakPosition
= breakPosition
- positionsFromEndOfString
;
6097 wrapPosition
= breakPosition
;
6102 /// Get the bullet text for this paragraph.
6103 wxString
wxRichTextParagraph::GetBulletText()
6105 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() == wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_NONE
||
6106 (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_BITMAP
))
6107 return wxEmptyString
;
6109 int number
= GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber();
6112 if ((GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC
) || (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
))
6114 text
.Printf(wxT("%d"), number
);
6116 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_UPPER
)
6118 // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
6119 text
.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar
) (number
+64));
6121 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_LETTERS_LOWER
)
6123 // TODO: Unicode, and also check if number > 26
6124 text
.Printf(wxT("%c"), (wxChar
) (number
+96));
6126 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_UPPER
)
6128 text
= wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number
);
6130 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ROMAN_LOWER
)
6132 text
= wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(number
);
6135 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL
)
6137 text
= GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
6140 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_OUTLINE
)
6142 // The outline style relies on the text being computed statically,
6143 // since it depends on other levels points (e.g. 1.2.1.1). So normally the bullet text
6144 // should be stored in the attributes; if not, just use the number for this
6145 // level, as previously computed.
6146 if (!GetAttributes().GetBulletText().IsEmpty())
6147 text
= GetAttributes().GetBulletText();
6150 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PARENTHESES
)
6152 text
= wxT("(") + text
+ wxT(")");
6154 else if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS
)
6156 text
= text
+ wxT(")");
6159 if (GetAttributes().GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD
)
6167 /// Allocate or reuse a line object
6168 wxRichTextLine
* wxRichTextParagraph::AllocateLine(int pos
)
6170 if (pos
< (int) m_cachedLines
.GetCount())
6172 wxRichTextLine
* line
= m_cachedLines
.Item(pos
)->GetData();
6178 wxRichTextLine
* line
= new wxRichTextLine(this);
6179 m_cachedLines
.Append(line
);
6184 /// Clear remaining unused line objects, if any
6185 bool wxRichTextParagraph::ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount
)
6187 int cachedLineCount
= m_cachedLines
.GetCount();
6188 if ((int) cachedLineCount
> lineCount
)
6190 for (int i
= 0; i
< (int) (cachedLineCount
- lineCount
); i
++)
6192 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_cachedLines
.GetLast();
6193 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node
->GetData();
6194 m_cachedLines
.Erase(node
);
6201 /// Get combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
6202 /// retrieve the actual style.
6203 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr
& contentStyle
, bool includingBoxAttr
) const
6205 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
6206 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* buf
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
6209 attr
= buf
->GetBasicStyle();
6210 if (!includingBoxAttr
)
6212 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
6213 // The background colour will be painted by the container, and we don't
6214 // want to unnecessarily overwrite the background when we're drawing text
6215 // because this may erase the guideline (which appears just under the text
6216 // if there's no padding).
6217 attr
.SetFlags(attr
.GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
6219 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, GetAttributes());
6222 attr
= GetAttributes();
6224 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, contentStyle
);
6228 /// Get combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
6229 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextParagraph::GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr
) const
6231 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
6232 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* buf
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
6235 attr
= buf
->GetBasicStyle();
6236 if (!includingBoxAttr
)
6237 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
6238 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, GetAttributes());
6241 attr
= GetAttributes();
6246 // Create default tabstop array
6247 void wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs()
6249 // create a default tab list at 10 mm each.
6250 for (int i
= 0; i
< 20; ++i
)
6252 sm_defaultTabs
.Add(i
*100);
6256 // Clear default tabstop array
6257 void wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs()
6259 sm_defaultTabs
.Clear();
6262 void wxRichTextParagraph::LayoutFloat(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
, wxRichTextFloatCollector
* floatCollector
)
6264 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= GetChildren().GetFirst();
6267 wxRichTextObject
* anchored
= node
->GetData();
6268 if (anchored
&& anchored
->IsFloating() && !floatCollector
->HasFloat(anchored
))
6271 wxRichTextAttr
parentAttr(GetAttributes());
6272 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(parentAttr
, this);
6275 wxRect availableSpace
= GetParent()->GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect
);
6277 anchored
->LayoutToBestSize(dc
, context
, GetBuffer(),
6278 parentAttr
, anchored
->GetAttributes(),
6279 parentRect
, availableSpace
,
6281 wxSize size
= anchored
->GetCachedSize();
6285 anchored
->GetRangeSize(anchored
->GetRange(), size
, descent
, dc
, context
, style
);
6289 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().IsValid())
6291 offsetY
= anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetValue();
6292 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
6294 offsetY
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, offsetY
);
6298 int pos
= floatCollector
->GetFitPosition(anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode(), rect
.y
+ offsetY
, size
.y
);
6300 /* Update the offset */
6301 int newOffsetY
= pos
- rect
.y
;
6302 if (newOffsetY
!= offsetY
)
6304 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
6305 newOffsetY
= ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dc
, newOffsetY
);
6306 anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetTop().SetValue(newOffsetY
);
6309 if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT
)
6311 else if (anchored
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetFloatMode() == wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT
)
6312 x
= rect
.x
+ rect
.width
- size
.x
;
6314 //anchored->SetPosition(wxPoint(x, pos));
6315 anchored
->Move(wxPoint(x
, pos
)); // should move children
6316 anchored
->SetCachedSize(size
);
6317 floatCollector
->CollectFloat(this, anchored
);
6320 node
= node
->GetNext();
6324 // Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
6325 long wxRichTextParagraph::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos
)
6327 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
6330 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
6331 if (pos
>= obj
->GetRange().GetStart() && pos
<= obj
->GetRange().GetEnd())
6333 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObj
= wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
6336 long breakPos
= textObj
->GetFirstLineBreakPosition(pos
);
6341 node
= node
->GetNext();
6348 * This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
6349 * offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
6350 * start and end positions of the line.
6353 wxRichTextLine::wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph
* parent
)
6359 void wxRichTextLine::Init(wxRichTextParagraph
* parent
)
6362 m_range
.SetRange(-1, -1);
6363 m_pos
= wxPoint(0, 0);
6364 m_size
= wxSize(0, 0);
6366 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
6367 m_objectSizes
.Clear();
6372 void wxRichTextLine::Copy(const wxRichTextLine
& obj
)
6374 m_range
= obj
.m_range
;
6375 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
6376 m_objectSizes
= obj
.m_objectSizes
;
6380 /// Get the absolute object position
6381 wxPoint
wxRichTextLine::GetAbsolutePosition() const
6383 return m_parent
->GetPosition() + m_pos
;
6386 /// Get the absolute range
6387 wxRichTextRange
wxRichTextLine::GetAbsoluteRange() const
6389 wxRichTextRange
range(m_range
.GetStart() + m_parent
->GetRange().GetStart(), 0);
6390 range
.SetEnd(range
.GetStart() + m_range
.GetLength()-1);
6395 * wxRichTextPlainText
6396 * This object represents a single piece of text.
6399 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainText
, wxRichTextObject
)
6401 wxRichTextPlainText::wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* style
):
6402 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
6405 SetAttributes(*style
);
6410 #define USE_KERNING_FIX 1
6412 // If insufficient tabs are defined, this is the tab width used
6413 #define WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS 50
6416 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int WXUNUSED(style
))
6418 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
6419 wxASSERT (para
!= NULL
);
6421 wxRichTextAttr
textAttr(para
? para
->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes(), false /* no box attributes */) : GetAttributes());
6422 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(textAttr
, this);
6424 // Let's make the assumption for now that for content in a paragraph, including
6425 // text, we never have a discontinuous selection. So we only deal with a
6427 wxRichTextRange selectionRange
;
6428 if (selection
.IsValid())
6430 wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges
= selection
.GetSelectionForObject(this);
6431 if (selectionRanges
.GetCount() > 0)
6432 selectionRange
= selectionRanges
[0];
6434 selectionRange
= wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION
;
6437 selectionRange
= wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION
;
6439 int offset
= GetRange().GetStart();
6441 wxString str
= m_text
;
6442 if (context
.HasVirtualText(this))
6444 if (!context
.GetVirtualText(this, str
) || str
.Length() != m_text
.Length())
6448 // Replace line break characters with spaces
6449 wxString toRemove
= wxRichTextLineBreakChar
;
6450 str
.Replace(toRemove
, wxT(" "));
6451 if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS
|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
)))
6454 long len
= range
.GetLength();
6455 wxString stringChunk
= str
.Mid(range
.GetStart() - offset
, (size_t) len
);
6457 // Test for the optimized situations where all is selected, or none
6460 wxFont
textFont(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr
));
6461 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6462 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
6465 if ( textFont
.IsOk() )
6467 if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
))
6469 textFont
.SetPointSize((int) (textFont
.GetPointSize()*0.75));
6470 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6471 charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
6474 if ( textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT
) )
6476 if (textFont
.IsUsingSizeInPixels())
6478 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPixelSize().y
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6479 textFont
.SetPixelSize(wxSize(0, static_cast<int>(size
)));
6485 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6486 textFont
.SetPointSize(static_cast<int>(size
));
6490 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6492 else if ( textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT
) )
6494 if (textFont
.IsUsingSizeInPixels())
6496 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPixelSize().y
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6497 textFont
.SetPixelSize(wxSize(0, static_cast<int>(size
)));
6499 int sub_height
= static_cast<int>(static_cast<double>(charHeight
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
);
6500 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- sub_height
+ (descent
- m_descent
));
6504 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6505 textFont
.SetPointSize(static_cast<int>(size
));
6507 int sub_height
= static_cast<int>(static_cast<double>(charHeight
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
);
6508 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- sub_height
+ (descent
- m_descent
));
6510 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6515 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
- (descent
- m_descent
));
6521 y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
- (descent
- m_descent
));
6524 // TODO: new selection code
6526 // (a) All selected.
6527 if (selectionRange
.GetStart() <= range
.GetStart() && selectionRange
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetEnd())
6529 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringChunk
, x
, y
, true);
6531 // (b) None selected.
6532 else if (selectionRange
.GetEnd() < range
.GetStart() || selectionRange
.GetStart() > range
.GetEnd())
6534 // Draw all unselected
6535 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringChunk
, x
, y
, false);
6539 // (c) Part selected, part not
6540 // Let's draw unselected chunk, selected chunk, then unselected chunk.
6542 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
6544 // 1. Initial unselected chunk, if any, up until start of selection.
6545 if (selectionRange
.GetStart() > range
.GetStart() && selectionRange
.GetStart() <= range
.GetEnd())
6547 int r1
= range
.GetStart();
6548 int s1
= selectionRange
.GetStart()-1;
6549 int fragmentLen
= s1
- r1
+ 1;
6550 if (fragmentLen
< 0)
6552 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(r1
- offset
), (int)fragmentLen
);
6554 wxString stringFragment
= str
.Mid(r1
- offset
, fragmentLen
);
6556 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringFragment
, x
, y
, false);
6559 if (stringChunk
.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND
)
6561 // Compensate for kerning difference
6562 wxString
stringFragment2(str
.Mid(r1
- offset
, fragmentLen
+1));
6563 wxString
stringFragment3(str
.Mid(r1
- offset
+ fragmentLen
, 1));
6565 wxCoord w1
, h1
, w2
, h2
, w3
, h3
;
6566 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment
, & w1
, & h1
);
6567 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2
, & w2
, & h2
);
6568 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3
, & w3
, & h3
);
6570 int kerningDiff
= (w1
+ w3
) - w2
;
6571 x
= x
- kerningDiff
;
6576 // 2. Selected chunk, if any.
6577 if (selectionRange
.GetEnd() >= range
.GetStart())
6579 int s1
= wxMax(selectionRange
.GetStart(), range
.GetStart());
6580 int s2
= wxMin(selectionRange
.GetEnd(), range
.GetEnd());
6582 int fragmentLen
= s2
- s1
+ 1;
6583 if (fragmentLen
< 0)
6585 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s1
- offset
), (int)fragmentLen
);
6587 wxString stringFragment
= str
.Mid(s1
- offset
, fragmentLen
);
6589 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringFragment
, x
, y
, true);
6592 if (stringChunk
.Find(wxT("\t")) == wxNOT_FOUND
)
6594 // Compensate for kerning difference
6595 wxString
stringFragment2(str
.Mid(s1
- offset
, fragmentLen
+1));
6596 wxString
stringFragment3(str
.Mid(s1
- offset
+ fragmentLen
, 1));
6598 wxCoord w1
, h1
, w2
, h2
, w3
, h3
;
6599 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment
, & w1
, & h1
);
6600 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment2
, & w2
, & h2
);
6601 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment3
, & w3
, & h3
);
6603 int kerningDiff
= (w1
+ w3
) - w2
;
6604 x
= x
- kerningDiff
;
6609 // 3. Remaining unselected chunk, if any
6610 if (selectionRange
.GetEnd() < range
.GetEnd())
6612 int s2
= wxMin(selectionRange
.GetEnd()+1, range
.GetEnd());
6613 int r2
= range
.GetEnd();
6615 int fragmentLen
= r2
- s2
+ 1;
6616 if (fragmentLen
< 0)
6618 wxLogDebug(wxT("Mid(%d, %d"), (int)(s2
- offset
), (int)fragmentLen
);
6620 wxString stringFragment
= str
.Mid(s2
- offset
, fragmentLen
);
6622 DrawTabbedString(dc
, textAttr
, rect
, stringFragment
, x
, y
, false);
6629 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DrawTabbedString(wxDC
& dc
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
,wxString
& str
, wxCoord
& x
, wxCoord
& y
, bool selected
)
6631 bool hasTabs
= (str
.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND
);
6633 wxArrayInt tabArray
;
6637 if (attr
.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6638 tabArray
= wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6640 tabArray
= attr
.GetTabs();
6641 tabCount
= tabArray
.GetCount();
6643 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
; ++i
)
6645 int pos
= tabArray
[i
];
6646 pos
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, pos
);
6653 int nextTabPos
= -1;
6659 wxColour
highlightColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT
));
6660 wxColour
highlightTextColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT
));
6662 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, wxBrush(highlightColour
));
6663 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(highlightColour
));
6664 dc
.SetTextForeground(highlightTextColour
);
6665 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
6669 dc
.SetTextForeground(attr
.GetTextColour());
6671 if (attr
.HasFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
) && attr
.GetBackgroundColour().IsOk())
6673 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID
);
6674 dc
.SetTextBackground(attr
.GetBackgroundColour());
6677 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
6680 wxCoord x_orig
= GetParent()->GetPosition().x
;
6683 // the string has a tab
6684 // break up the string at the Tab
6685 wxString stringChunk
= str
.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6686 str
= str
.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6687 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringChunk
, & w
, & h
);
6689 bool not_found
= true;
6690 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
&& not_found
; ++i
)
6692 nextTabPos
= tabArray
.Item(i
) + x_orig
;
6694 // Find the next tab position.
6695 // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still draw the chunk.
6697 if (nextTabPos
> tabPos
|| (i
== (tabCount
- 1)))
6699 if (nextTabPos
<= tabPos
)
6701 int defaultTabWidth
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS
);
6702 nextTabPos
= tabPos
+ defaultTabWidth
;
6709 wxRect
selRect(x
, rect
.y
, w
, rect
.GetHeight());
6710 dc
.DrawRectangle(selRect
);
6712 dc
.DrawText(stringChunk
, x
, y
);
6714 if (attr
.HasTextEffects() && (attr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH
))
6716 wxPen oldPen
= dc
.GetPen();
6717 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(attr
.GetTextColour(), 1));
6718 dc
.DrawLine(x
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5), x
+w
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5));
6719 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, oldPen
);
6725 hasTabs
= (str
.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND
);
6730 dc
.GetTextExtent(str
, & w
, & h
);
6733 wxRect
selRect(x
, rect
.y
, w
, rect
.GetHeight());
6734 dc
.DrawRectangle(selRect
);
6736 dc
.DrawText(str
, x
, y
);
6738 if (attr
.HasTextEffects() && (attr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_STRIKETHROUGH
))
6740 wxPen oldPen
= dc
.GetPen();
6741 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(attr
.GetTextColour(), 1));
6742 dc
.DrawLine(x
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5), x
+w
, (int) (y
+(h
/2)+0.5));
6743 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, oldPen
);
6752 /// Lay the item out
6753 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(rect
), const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int WXUNUSED(style
))
6755 // Only lay out if we haven't already cached the size
6757 GetRangeSize(GetRange(), m_size
, m_descent
, dc
, context
, 0, wxPoint(0, 0));
6759 // Eventually we want to have a reasonable estimate of minimum size.
6760 m_minSize
= wxSize(0, 0);
6765 void wxRichTextPlainText::Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText
& obj
)
6767 wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj
);
6769 m_text
= obj
.m_text
;
6772 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
6773 /// is invalid for this object.
6774 bool wxRichTextPlainText::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int WXUNUSED(flags
), const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& WXUNUSED(parentSize
), wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
6776 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
6779 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
6780 wxASSERT (para
!= NULL
);
6782 int relativeX
= position
.x
- GetParent()->GetPosition().x
;
6784 wxRichTextAttr
textAttr(para
? para
->GetCombinedAttributes(GetAttributes()) : GetAttributes());
6785 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(textAttr
, (wxRichTextObject
*) this);
6787 // Always assume unformatted text, since at this level we have no knowledge
6788 // of line breaks - and we don't need it, since we'll calculate size within
6789 // formatted text by doing it in chunks according to the line ranges
6791 bool bScript(false);
6792 wxFont
font(GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(textAttr
));
6795 if ( textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && ( (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUPERSCRIPT
)
6796 || (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SUBSCRIPT
) ) )
6798 wxFont textFont
= font
;
6799 if (textFont
.IsUsingSizeInPixels())
6801 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPixelSize().y
) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6802 textFont
.SetPixelSize(wxSize(0, static_cast<int>(size
)));
6806 double size
= static_cast<double>(textFont
.GetPointSize()) / wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR
;
6807 textFont
.SetPointSize(static_cast<int>(size
));
6809 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6812 else if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
))
6814 wxFont textFont
= font
;
6815 textFont
.SetPointSize((int) (textFont
.GetPointSize()*0.75));
6816 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, textFont
);
6821 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
6825 bool haveDescent
= false;
6826 int startPos
= range
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
6827 long len
= range
.GetLength();
6829 wxString
str(m_text
);
6830 if (context
.HasVirtualText(this))
6832 if (!context
.GetVirtualText(this, str
) || str
.Length() != m_text
.Length())
6836 wxString toReplace
= wxRichTextLineBreakChar
;
6837 str
.Replace(toReplace
, wxT(" "));
6839 wxString stringChunk
= str
.Mid(startPos
, (size_t) len
);
6841 if (textAttr
.HasTextEffects() && (textAttr
.GetTextEffects() & (wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_CAPITALS
|wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECT_SMALL_CAPITALS
)))
6842 stringChunk
.MakeUpper();
6846 if (stringChunk
.Find(wxT('\t')) != wxNOT_FOUND
)
6848 // the string has a tab
6849 wxArrayInt tabArray
;
6850 if (textAttr
.GetTabs().IsEmpty())
6851 tabArray
= wxRichTextParagraph::GetDefaultTabs();
6853 tabArray
= textAttr
.GetTabs();
6855 int tabCount
= tabArray
.GetCount();
6857 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
; ++i
)
6859 int pos
= tabArray
[i
];
6860 pos
= ((wxRichTextPlainText
*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, pos
);
6864 int nextTabPos
= -1;
6866 while (stringChunk
.Find(wxT('\t')) >= 0)
6868 int absoluteWidth
= 0;
6870 // the string has a tab
6871 // break up the string at the Tab
6872 wxString stringFragment
= stringChunk
.BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'));
6873 stringChunk
= stringChunk
.AfterFirst(wxT('\t'));
6878 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
6879 oldWidth
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
6883 // Add these partial extents
6885 dc
.GetPartialTextExtents(stringFragment
, p
);
6887 for (j
= 0; j
< p
.GetCount(); j
++)
6888 partialExtents
->Add(oldWidth
+ p
[j
]);
6890 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
6891 absoluteWidth
= (*partialExtents
)[(*partialExtents
).GetCount()-1] + relativeX
;
6893 absoluteWidth
= relativeX
;
6897 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringFragment
, & w
, & h
);
6899 absoluteWidth
= width
+ relativeX
;
6903 bool notFound
= true;
6904 for (int i
= 0; i
< tabCount
&& notFound
; ++i
)
6906 nextTabPos
= tabArray
.Item(i
);
6908 // Find the next tab position.
6909 // Even if we're at the end of the tab array, we must still process the chunk.
6911 if (nextTabPos
> absoluteWidth
|| (i
== (tabCount
- 1)))
6913 if (nextTabPos
<= absoluteWidth
)
6915 int defaultTabWidth
= ((wxRichTextPlainText
*) this)->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, WIDTH_FOR_DEFAULT_TABS
);
6916 nextTabPos
= absoluteWidth
+ defaultTabWidth
;
6920 width
= nextTabPos
- relativeX
;
6923 partialExtents
->Add(width
);
6929 if (!stringChunk
.IsEmpty())
6934 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
6935 oldWidth
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
6939 // Add these partial extents
6941 dc
.GetPartialTextExtents(stringChunk
, p
);
6943 for (j
= 0; j
< p
.GetCount(); j
++)
6944 partialExtents
->Add(oldWidth
+ p
[j
]);
6948 dc
.GetTextExtent(stringChunk
, & w
, & h
, & descent
);
6956 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
6957 if ((*partialExtents
).GetCount() > 0)
6958 w
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
6961 size
= wxSize(w
, charHeight
);
6965 size
= wxSize(width
, dc
.GetCharHeight());
6969 dc
.GetTextExtent(wxT("X"), & w
, & h
, & descent
);
6977 /// Do a split, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
6978 /// the first part in 'this'.
6979 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextPlainText::DoSplit(long pos
)
6981 long index
= pos
- GetRange().GetStart();
6983 if (index
< 0 || index
>= (int) m_text
.length())
6986 wxString firstPart
= m_text
.Mid(0, index
);
6987 wxString secondPart
= m_text
.Mid(index
);
6991 wxRichTextPlainText
* newObject
= new wxRichTextPlainText(secondPart
);
6992 newObject
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
6993 newObject
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
6995 newObject
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, GetRange().GetEnd()));
6996 GetRange().SetEnd(pos
-1);
7002 void wxRichTextPlainText::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
7004 end
= start
+ m_text
.length() - 1;
7005 m_range
.SetRange(start
, end
);
7009 bool wxRichTextPlainText::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
7011 wxRichTextRange r
= range
;
7013 r
.LimitTo(GetRange());
7015 if (r
.GetStart() == GetRange().GetStart() && r
.GetEnd() == GetRange().GetEnd())
7021 long startIndex
= r
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
7022 long len
= r
.GetLength();
7024 m_text
= m_text
.Mid(0, startIndex
) + m_text
.Mid(startIndex
+len
);
7028 /// Get text for the given range.
7029 wxString
wxRichTextPlainText::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
7031 wxRichTextRange r
= range
;
7033 r
.LimitTo(GetRange());
7035 long startIndex
= r
.GetStart() - GetRange().GetStart();
7036 long len
= r
.GetLength();
7038 return m_text
.Mid(startIndex
, len
);
7041 /// Returns true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
7042 bool wxRichTextPlainText::CanMerge(wxRichTextObject
* object
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
) const
7045 if (!context
.GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
7047 return object
->GetClassInfo() == wxCLASSINFO(wxRichTextPlainText
) &&
7048 (m_text
.empty() || (wxTextAttrEq(GetAttributes(), object
->GetAttributes()) && m_properties
== object
->GetProperties()));
7052 wxRichTextPlainText
* otherObj
= wxDynamicCast(object
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
7053 if (!otherObj
|| m_text
.empty())
7056 if (!wxTextAttrEq(GetAttributes(), object
->GetAttributes()) || !(m_properties
== object
->GetProperties()))
7059 // Check if differing virtual attributes makes it impossible to merge
7062 bool hasVirtualAttr1
= context
.HasVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) this);
7063 bool hasVirtualAttr2
= context
.HasVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) object
);
7064 if (!hasVirtualAttr1
&& !hasVirtualAttr2
)
7066 else if (hasVirtualAttr1
!= hasVirtualAttr2
)
7070 wxRichTextAttr virtualAttr1
= context
.GetVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) this);
7071 wxRichTextAttr virtualAttr2
= context
.GetVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) object
);
7072 return virtualAttr1
== virtualAttr2
;
7077 /// Returns true if this object merged itself with the given one.
7078 /// The calling code will then delete the given object.
7079 bool wxRichTextPlainText::Merge(wxRichTextObject
* object
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
))
7081 wxRichTextPlainText
* textObject
= wxDynamicCast(object
, wxRichTextPlainText
);
7082 wxASSERT( textObject
!= NULL
);
7086 m_text
+= textObject
->GetText();
7087 wxRichTextApplyStyle(m_attributes
, textObject
->GetAttributes());
7094 bool wxRichTextPlainText::CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
) const
7096 // If this object has any virtual attributes at all, whether for the whole object
7097 // or individual ones, we should try splitting it by calling Split.
7098 // Must be more than one character in order to be able to split.
7099 return m_text
.Length() > 1 && context
.HasVirtualAttributes((wxRichTextObject
*) this);
7102 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextPlainText::Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
)
7104 int count
= context
.GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(this);
7105 if (count
> 0 && GetParent())
7107 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* parent
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
7108 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= parent
->GetChildren().Find(this);
7111 const wxRichTextAttr emptyAttr
;
7112 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
7114 wxArrayInt positions
;
7115 wxRichTextAttrArray attributes
;
7116 if (context
.GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(this, positions
, attributes
) && positions
.GetCount() > 0)
7118 wxASSERT(positions
.GetCount() == attributes
.GetCount());
7120 // We will gather up runs of text with the same virtual attributes
7122 int len
= m_text
.Length();
7125 // runStart and runEnd represent the accumulated run with a consistent attribute
7126 // that hasn't yet been appended
7129 wxRichTextAttr currentAttr
;
7130 wxString text
= m_text
;
7131 wxRichTextPlainText
* lastPlainText
= this;
7133 for (i
= 0; i
< (int) positions
.GetCount(); i
++)
7135 int pos
= positions
[i
];
7136 wxASSERT(pos
>= 0 && pos
< len
);
7137 if (pos
>= 0 && pos
< len
)
7139 const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
= attributes
[i
];
7146 // Check if there was a gap from the last known attribute and this.
7147 // In that case, we need to do something with the span of non-attributed text.
7148 else if ((pos
-1) > runEnd
)
7152 // We hadn't processed anything previously, so the previous run is from the text start
7153 // to just before this position. The current attribute remains empty.
7159 // If the previous attribute matches the gap's attribute (i.e., no attributes)
7160 // then just extend the run.
7161 if (currentAttr
.IsDefault())
7167 // We need to add an object, or reuse the existing one.
7170 lastPlainText
= this;
7171 SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7175 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7176 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7177 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7178 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7179 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7181 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7183 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7185 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7188 runStart
= runEnd
+1;
7191 currentAttr
= emptyAttr
;
7196 wxASSERT(runEnd
== pos
-1);
7198 // Now we only have to deal with the previous run
7199 if (currentAttr
== attr
)
7201 // If we still have the same attributes, then we
7202 // simply increase the run size.
7209 // We need to add an object, or reuse the existing one.
7212 lastPlainText
= this;
7213 SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7217 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7218 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7219 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7220 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7221 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7223 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7225 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7227 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7239 // We may still have a run to add, and possibly a no-attribute text fragment after that.
7240 // If the whole string was already a single attribute (the run covers the whole string), don't split.
7241 if ((runStart
!= -1) && !(runStart
== 0 && runEnd
== (len
-1)))
7243 // If the current attribute is empty, merge the run with the next fragment
7244 // which by definition (because it's not specified) has empty attributes.
7245 if (currentAttr
.IsDefault())
7248 if (runEnd
< (len
-1))
7250 // We need to add an object, or reuse the existing one.
7253 lastPlainText
= this;
7254 SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7258 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7259 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7260 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7261 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7262 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7264 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7266 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7268 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7271 runStart
= runEnd
+1;
7275 // Now the last, non-attributed fragment at the end, if any
7276 if ((runStart
< len
) && !(runStart
== 0 && runEnd
== (len
-1)))
7278 wxASSERT(runStart
!= 0);
7280 wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
= new wxRichTextPlainText
;
7281 obj
->SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
7282 obj
->SetProperties(GetProperties());
7283 obj
->SetParent(parent
);
7285 obj
->SetText(text
.Mid(runStart
, runEnd
- runStart
+ 1));
7287 parent
->GetChildren().Insert(next
, obj
);
7289 parent
->GetChildren().Append(obj
);
7291 lastPlainText
= obj
;
7295 return lastPlainText
;
7302 /// Dump to output stream for debugging
7303 void wxRichTextPlainText::Dump(wxTextOutputStream
& stream
)
7305 wxRichTextObject::Dump(stream
);
7306 stream
<< m_text
<< wxT("\n");
7309 /// Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
7310 long wxRichTextPlainText::GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos
)
7313 int len
= m_text
.length();
7314 int startPos
= pos
- m_range
.GetStart();
7315 for (i
= startPos
; i
< len
; i
++)
7317 wxChar ch
= m_text
[i
];
7318 if (ch
== wxRichTextLineBreakChar
)
7320 return i
+ m_range
.GetStart();
7328 * This is a kind of box, used to represent the whole buffer
7331 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBuffer
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
)
7333 wxList
wxRichTextBuffer::sm_handlers
;
7334 wxList
wxRichTextBuffer::sm_drawingHandlers
;
7335 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap
wxRichTextBuffer::sm_fieldTypes
;
7336 wxRichTextRenderer
* wxRichTextBuffer::sm_renderer
= NULL
;
7337 int wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletRightMargin
= 20;
7338 float wxRichTextBuffer::sm_bulletProportion
= (float) 0.3;
7339 bool wxRichTextBuffer::sm_floatingLayoutMode
= true;
7342 void wxRichTextBuffer::Init()
7344 m_commandProcessor
= new wxCommandProcessor
;
7345 m_styleSheet
= NULL
;
7347 m_batchedCommandDepth
= 0;
7348 m_batchedCommand
= NULL
;
7352 m_dimensionScale
= 1.0;
7358 wxRichTextBuffer::~wxRichTextBuffer()
7360 delete m_commandProcessor
;
7361 delete m_batchedCommand
;
7364 ClearEventHandlers();
7367 void wxRichTextBuffer::ResetAndClearCommands()
7371 GetCommandProcessor()->ClearCommands();
7374 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
7377 void wxRichTextBuffer::Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer
& obj
)
7379 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj
);
7381 m_styleSheet
= obj
.m_styleSheet
;
7382 m_modified
= obj
.m_modified
;
7383 m_batchedCommandDepth
= 0;
7384 if (m_batchedCommand
)
7385 delete m_batchedCommand
;
7386 m_batchedCommand
= NULL
;
7387 m_suppressUndo
= obj
.m_suppressUndo
;
7388 m_invalidRange
= obj
.m_invalidRange
;
7389 m_dimensionScale
= obj
.m_dimensionScale
;
7390 m_fontScale
= obj
.m_fontScale
;
7393 /// Push style sheet to top of stack
7394 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet
* styleSheet
)
7397 styleSheet
->InsertSheet(m_styleSheet
);
7399 SetStyleSheet(styleSheet
);
7404 /// Pop style sheet from top of stack
7405 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* wxRichTextBuffer::PopStyleSheet()
7409 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* oldSheet
= m_styleSheet
;
7410 m_styleSheet
= oldSheet
->GetNextSheet();
7419 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
7420 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos
, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& paragraphs
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7422 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(this, pos
, paragraphs
, ctrl
, flags
);
7425 /// Submit command to insert paragraphs
7426 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& paragraphs
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int WXUNUSED(flags
))
7428 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7430 action
->GetNewParagraphs() = paragraphs
;
7432 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7434 wxRichTextRange range
= wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
+ paragraphs
.GetOwnRange().GetEnd() - 1);
7435 if (!paragraphs
.GetPartialParagraph())
7436 range
.SetEnd(range
.GetEnd()+1);
7438 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7439 action
->SetRange(range
);
7441 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7446 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7447 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertTextWithUndo(long pos
, const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7449 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertTextWithUndo(this, pos
, text
, ctrl
, flags
);
7452 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7453 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxString
& text
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7455 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7457 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7458 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7459 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7461 // Get appropriate paragraph style
7462 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
, false, false);
7463 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7467 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AddParagraphs(text
, p
);
7469 int length
= action
->GetNewParagraphs().GetOwnRange().GetLength();
7471 if (!text
.empty() && text
.Last() != wxT('\n'))
7473 // Don't count the newline when undoing
7475 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7477 else if (!text
.empty() && text
.Last() == wxT('\n'))
7480 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7482 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7483 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
+ length
- 1));
7485 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7490 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7491 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7493 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertNewlineWithUndo(this, pos
, ctrl
, flags
);
7496 /// Submit command to insert the given text
7497 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7499 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Text"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7501 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7502 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7503 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7505 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
, false, true /* look for next paragraph style */);
7506 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7510 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7511 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7512 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7514 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(wxEmptyString
, this, & attr
);
7515 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7516 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7517 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(false);
7518 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(pos
, false);
7522 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7524 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE
)
7526 if (para
&& para
->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos
)
7529 // Now see if we need to number the paragraph.
7530 if (newPara
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
7532 wxRichTextAttr numberingAttr
;
7533 if (FindNextParagraphNumber(para
, numberingAttr
))
7534 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newPara
->GetAttributes(), (const wxRichTextAttr
&) numberingAttr
);
7538 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7540 // Use the default character style
7541 if (!buffer
->GetDefaultStyle().IsDefault() && newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst())
7543 // Check whether the default style merely reflects the paragraph/basic style,
7544 // in which case don't apply it.
7545 wxRichTextAttr
defaultStyle(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7546 defaultStyle
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7547 wxRichTextAttr toApply
;
7550 wxRichTextAttr combinedAttr
= para
->GetCombinedAttributes(true /* include box attributes */);
7551 wxRichTextAttr newAttr
;
7552 // This filters out attributes that are accounted for by the current
7553 // paragraph/basic style
7554 wxRichTextApplyStyle(toApply
, defaultStyle
, & combinedAttr
);
7557 toApply
= defaultStyle
;
7559 if (!toApply
.IsDefault())
7560 newPara
->GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(toApply
);
7563 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7564 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos1
, pos1
));
7566 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7571 /// Submit command to insert the given image
7572 bool wxRichTextBuffer::InsertImageWithUndo(long pos
, const wxRichTextImageBlock
& imageBlock
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
,
7573 const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
)
7575 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertImageWithUndo(this, pos
, imageBlock
, ctrl
, flags
, textAttr
);
7578 /// Submit command to insert the given image
7579 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxRichTextImageBlock
& imageBlock
,
7580 wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
,
7581 const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
)
7583 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7585 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7586 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7587 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7589 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
);
7590 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7594 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7596 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7597 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7599 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr
);
7601 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7603 wxRichTextImage
* imageObject
= new wxRichTextImage(imageBlock
, newPara
);
7604 newPara
->AppendChild(imageObject
);
7605 imageObject
->SetAttributes(textAttr
);
7606 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7607 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7609 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7611 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7613 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7614 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
));
7616 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7621 // Insert an object with no change of it
7622 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextBuffer::InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos
, wxRichTextObject
*object
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7624 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->InsertObjectWithUndo(this, pos
, object
, ctrl
, flags
);
7627 // Insert an object with no change of it
7628 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, wxRichTextObject
*object
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
)
7630 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Object"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7632 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7633 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7634 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7636 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
);
7637 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7641 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7643 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7644 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7646 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr
);
7648 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7650 newPara
->AppendChild(object
);
7651 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7652 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7654 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7656 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7658 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7659 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
));
7661 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7663 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= GetLeafObjectAtPosition(pos
);
7667 wxRichTextField
* wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, const wxString
& fieldType
,
7668 const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
,
7669 wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, int flags
,
7670 const wxRichTextAttr
& textAttr
)
7672 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Field"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, buffer
, this, ctrl
, false);
7674 wxRichTextAttr
* p
= NULL
;
7675 wxRichTextAttr paraAttr
;
7676 if (flags
& wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
)
7678 paraAttr
= GetStyleForNewParagraph(buffer
, pos
);
7679 if (!paraAttr
.IsDefault())
7683 wxRichTextAttr
attr(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
7685 // Don't include box attributes such as margins
7686 attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7688 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(this, & attr
);
7690 newPara
->SetAttributes(*p
);
7692 wxRichTextField
* fieldObject
= new wxRichTextField();
7693 fieldObject
->wxRichTextObject::SetProperties(properties
);
7694 fieldObject
->SetFieldType(fieldType
);
7695 fieldObject
->SetAttributes(textAttr
);
7696 newPara
->AppendChild(fieldObject
);
7697 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AppendChild(newPara
);
7698 action
->GetNewParagraphs().UpdateRanges();
7699 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
7700 action
->SetPosition(pos
);
7702 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
7703 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(pos
, pos
));
7705 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7707 wxRichTextField
* obj
= wxDynamicCast(GetLeafObjectAtPosition(pos
), wxRichTextField
);
7711 /// Get the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
7712 /// If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, look up the next-paragraph
7714 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, long pos
, bool caretPosition
, bool lookUpNewParaStyle
) const
7716 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(pos
, caretPosition
);
7719 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7720 bool foundAttributes
= false;
7722 // Look for a matching paragraph style
7723 if (lookUpNewParaStyle
&& !para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
7725 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* paraDef
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetParagraphStyleName());
7728 // If we're not at the end of the paragraph, then we apply THIS style, and not the designated next style.
7729 if (para
->GetRange().GetEnd() == pos
&& !paraDef
->GetNextStyle().IsEmpty())
7731 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* nextParaDef
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paraDef
->GetNextStyle());
7734 foundAttributes
= true;
7735 attr
= nextParaDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet());
7739 // If we didn't find the 'next style', use this style instead.
7740 if (!foundAttributes
)
7742 foundAttributes
= true;
7743 attr
= paraDef
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(buffer
->GetStyleSheet());
7748 // Also apply list style if present
7749 if (lookUpNewParaStyle
&& !para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName().IsEmpty() && buffer
->GetStyleSheet())
7751 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* listDef
= buffer
->GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(para
->GetAttributes().GetListStyleName());
7754 int thisIndent
= para
->GetAttributes().GetLeftIndent();
7755 int thisLevel
= para
->GetAttributes().HasOutlineLevel() ? para
->GetAttributes().GetOutlineLevel() : listDef
->FindLevelForIndent(thisIndent
);
7757 // Apply the overall list style, and item style for this level
7758 wxRichTextAttr
listStyle(listDef
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(thisLevel
, buffer
->GetStyleSheet()));
7759 wxRichTextApplyStyle(attr
, listStyle
);
7760 attr
.SetOutlineLevel(thisLevel
);
7761 if (para
->GetAttributes().HasBulletNumber())
7762 attr
.SetBulletNumber(para
->GetAttributes().GetBulletNumber());
7766 if (!foundAttributes
)
7768 attr
= para
->GetAttributes();
7769 int flags
= attr
.GetFlags();
7771 // Eliminate character styles
7772 flags
&= ( (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT
) |
7773 (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
) |
7774 (~ wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
) );
7775 attr
.SetFlags(flags
);
7781 return wxRichTextAttr();
7784 /// Submit command to delete this range
7785 bool wxRichTextBuffer::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
)
7787 return ctrl
->GetFocusObject()->DeleteRangeWithUndo(range
, ctrl
, this);
7790 /// Submit command to delete this range
7791 bool wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
7793 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Delete"), wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
, buffer
, this, ctrl
);
7795 action
->SetPosition(ctrl
->GetCaretPosition());
7797 // Set the range to delete
7798 action
->SetRange(range
);
7800 // Copy the fragment that we'll need to restore in Undo
7801 CopyFragment(range
, action
->GetOldParagraphs());
7803 // See if we're deleting a paragraph marker, in which case we need to
7804 // make a note not to copy the attributes from the 2nd paragraph to the 1st.
7805 if (range
.GetStart() == range
.GetEnd())
7807 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetStart());
7808 if (para
&& para
->GetRange().GetEnd() == range
.GetEnd())
7810 wxRichTextParagraph
* nextPara
= GetParagraphAtPosition(range
.GetStart()+1);
7811 if (nextPara
&& nextPara
!= para
)
7813 action
->GetOldParagraphs().GetChildren().GetFirst()->GetData()->SetAttributes(nextPara
->GetAttributes());
7814 action
->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().SetFlags(action
->GetOldParagraphs().GetAttributes().GetFlags() | wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE
);
7819 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
7824 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
7825 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBatchUndo(const wxString
& cmdName
)
7827 if (m_batchedCommandDepth
== 0)
7829 wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand
== NULL
);
7830 if (m_batchedCommand
)
7832 GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand
);
7834 m_batchedCommand
= new wxRichTextCommand(cmdName
);
7837 m_batchedCommandDepth
++;
7842 /// Collapse undo/redo commands
7843 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndBatchUndo()
7845 m_batchedCommandDepth
--;
7847 wxASSERT(m_batchedCommandDepth
>= 0);
7848 wxASSERT(m_batchedCommand
!= NULL
);
7850 if (m_batchedCommandDepth
== 0)
7852 GetCommandProcessor()->Store(m_batchedCommand
);
7853 m_batchedCommand
= NULL
;
7859 /// Submit immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on
7860 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction
* action
)
7862 if (action
&& !action
->GetNewParagraphs().IsEmpty())
7863 PrepareContent(action
->GetNewParagraphs());
7865 if (BatchingUndo() && m_batchedCommand
&& !SuppressingUndo())
7867 wxRichTextCommand
* cmd
= new wxRichTextCommand(action
->GetName());
7868 cmd
->AddAction(action
);
7870 cmd
->GetActions().Clear();
7873 m_batchedCommand
->AddAction(action
);
7877 wxRichTextCommand
* cmd
= new wxRichTextCommand(action
->GetName());
7878 cmd
->AddAction(action
);
7880 // Only store it if we're not suppressing undo.
7881 return GetCommandProcessor()->Submit(cmd
, !SuppressingUndo());
7887 /// Begin suppressing undo/redo commands.
7888 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSuppressUndo()
7895 /// End suppressing undo/redo commands.
7896 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndSuppressUndo()
7903 /// Begin using a style
7904 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
7906 wxRichTextAttr
newStyle(GetDefaultStyle());
7907 newStyle
.GetTextBoxAttr().Reset();
7909 // Save the old default style
7910 m_attributeStack
.Append((wxObject
*) new wxRichTextAttr(newStyle
));
7912 wxRichTextApplyStyle(newStyle
, style
);
7913 newStyle
.SetFlags(style
.GetFlags()|newStyle
.GetFlags());
7915 SetDefaultStyle(newStyle
);
7921 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndStyle()
7923 if (!m_attributeStack
.GetFirst())
7925 wxLogDebug(_("Too many EndStyle calls!"));
7929 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_attributeStack
.GetLast();
7930 wxRichTextAttr
* attr
= (wxRichTextAttr
*)node
->GetData();
7931 m_attributeStack
.Erase(node
);
7933 SetDefaultStyle(*attr
);
7940 bool wxRichTextBuffer::EndAllStyles()
7942 while (m_attributeStack
.GetCount() != 0)
7947 /// Clear the style stack
7948 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearStyleStack()
7950 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_attributeStack
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
7951 delete (wxRichTextAttr
*) node
->GetData();
7952 m_attributeStack
.Clear();
7955 /// Begin using bold
7956 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginBold()
7958 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7959 attr
.SetFontWeight(wxFONTWEIGHT_BOLD
);
7961 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7964 /// Begin using italic
7965 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginItalic()
7967 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7968 attr
.SetFontStyle(wxFONTSTYLE_ITALIC
);
7970 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7973 /// Begin using underline
7974 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginUnderline()
7976 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7977 attr
.SetFontUnderlined(true);
7979 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7982 /// Begin using point size
7983 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFontSize(int pointSize
)
7985 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7986 attr
.SetFontSize(pointSize
);
7988 return BeginStyle(attr
);
7991 /// Begin using this font
7992 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginFont(const wxFont
& font
)
7994 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
7997 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8000 /// Begin using this colour
8001 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginTextColour(const wxColour
& colour
)
8003 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8004 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
8005 attr
.SetTextColour(colour
);
8007 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8010 /// Begin using alignment
8011 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment
)
8013 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8014 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
8015 attr
.SetAlignment(alignment
);
8017 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8020 /// Begin left indent
8021 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
)
8023 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8024 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8025 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8027 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8030 /// Begin right indent
8031 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent
)
8033 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8034 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
8035 attr
.SetRightIndent(rightIndent
);
8037 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8040 /// Begin paragraph spacing
8041 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphSpacing(int before
, int after
)
8045 flags
|= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
;
8047 flags
|= wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
;
8049 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8050 attr
.SetFlags(flags
);
8051 attr
.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(before
);
8052 attr
.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(after
);
8054 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8057 /// Begin line spacing
8058 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing
)
8060 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8061 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
8062 attr
.SetLineSpacing(lineSpacing
);
8064 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8067 /// Begin numbered bullet
8068 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber
, int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
, int bulletStyle
)
8070 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8071 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8072 attr
.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle
);
8073 attr
.SetBulletNumber(bulletNumber
);
8074 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8076 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8079 /// Begin symbol bullet
8080 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString
& symbol
, int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
, int bulletStyle
)
8082 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8083 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8084 attr
.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle
);
8085 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8086 attr
.SetBulletText(symbol
);
8088 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8091 /// Begin standard bullet
8092 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginStandardBullet(const wxString
& bulletName
, int leftIndent
, int leftSubIndent
, int bulletStyle
)
8094 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8095 attr
.SetFlags(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
|wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
8096 attr
.SetBulletStyle(bulletStyle
);
8097 attr
.SetLeftIndent(leftIndent
, leftSubIndent
);
8098 attr
.SetBulletName(bulletName
);
8100 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8103 /// Begin named character style
8104 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString
& characterStyle
)
8106 if (GetStyleSheet())
8108 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle
);
8111 wxRichTextAttr attr
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
8112 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8118 /// Begin named paragraph style
8119 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString
& paragraphStyle
)
8121 if (GetStyleSheet())
8123 wxRichTextParagraphStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindParagraphStyle(paragraphStyle
);
8126 wxRichTextAttr attr
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
8127 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8133 /// Begin named list style
8134 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginListStyle(const wxString
& listStyle
, int level
, int number
)
8136 if (GetStyleSheet())
8138 wxRichTextListStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindListStyle(listStyle
);
8141 wxRichTextAttr
attr(def
->GetCombinedStyleForLevel(level
));
8143 attr
.SetBulletNumber(number
);
8145 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8152 bool wxRichTextBuffer::BeginURL(const wxString
& url
, const wxString
& characterStyle
)
8154 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
8156 if (!characterStyle
.IsEmpty() && GetStyleSheet())
8158 wxRichTextCharacterStyleDefinition
* def
= GetStyleSheet()->FindCharacterStyle(characterStyle
);
8161 attr
= def
->GetStyleMergedWithBase(GetStyleSheet());
8166 return BeginStyle(attr
);
8169 /// Adds a handler to the end
8170 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
)
8172 sm_handlers
.Append(handler
);
8175 /// Inserts a handler at the front
8176 void wxRichTextBuffer::InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
)
8178 sm_handlers
.Insert( handler
);
8181 /// Removes a handler
8182 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveHandler(const wxString
& name
)
8184 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= FindHandler(name
);
8187 sm_handlers
.DeleteObject(handler
);
8195 /// Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type
8196 wxRichTextFileHandler
*wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString
& filename
,
8197 wxRichTextFileType imageType
)
8199 if (imageType
!= wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY
)
8200 return FindHandler(imageType
);
8201 else if (!filename
.IsEmpty())
8203 wxString path
, file
, ext
;
8204 wxFileName::SplitPath(filename
, & path
, & file
, & ext
);
8205 return FindHandler(ext
, imageType
);
8212 /// Finds a handler by name
8213 wxRichTextFileHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString
& name
)
8215 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8218 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8219 if (handler
->GetName().Lower() == name
.Lower()) return handler
;
8221 node
= node
->GetNext();
8226 /// Finds a handler by extension and type
8227 wxRichTextFileHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(const wxString
& extension
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8229 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8232 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8233 if ( handler
->GetExtension().Lower() == extension
.Lower() &&
8234 (type
== wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY
|| handler
->GetType() == type
) )
8236 node
= node
->GetNext();
8241 /// Finds a handler by type
8242 wxRichTextFileHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType type
)
8244 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8247 wxRichTextFileHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8248 if (handler
->GetType() == type
) return handler
;
8249 node
= node
->GetNext();
8254 void wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers()
8256 if (!FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT
))
8257 AddHandler(new wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
);
8260 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers()
8262 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_handlers
.GetFirst();
8265 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*)node
->GetData();
8266 wxList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
8271 sm_handlers
.Clear();
8274 wxString
wxRichTextBuffer::GetExtWildcard(bool combine
, bool save
, wxArrayInt
* types
)
8281 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= GetHandlers().GetFirst();
8285 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= (wxRichTextFileHandler
*) node
->GetData();
8286 if (handler
->IsVisible() && ((save
&& handler
->CanSave()) || (!save
&& handler
->CanLoad())))
8291 wildcard
+= wxT(";");
8292 wildcard
+= wxT("*.") + handler
->GetExtension();
8297 wildcard
+= wxT("|");
8298 wildcard
+= handler
->GetName();
8299 wildcard
+= wxT(" ");
8300 wildcard
+= _("files");
8301 wildcard
+= wxT(" (*.");
8302 wildcard
+= handler
->GetExtension();
8303 wildcard
+= wxT(")|*.");
8304 wildcard
+= handler
->GetExtension();
8306 types
->Add(handler
->GetType());
8311 node
= node
->GetNext();
8315 wildcard
= wxT("(") + wildcard
+ wxT(")|") + wildcard
;
8319 #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
8321 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(const wxString
& filename
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8323 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename
, type
);
8326 SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
8327 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8328 bool success
= handler
->LoadFile(this, filename
);
8329 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
8337 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(const wxString
& filename
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8339 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandlerFilenameOrType(filename
, type
);
8342 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8343 return handler
->SaveFile(this, filename
);
8348 #endif // wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
8351 /// Load from a stream
8352 bool wxRichTextBuffer::LoadFile(wxInputStream
& stream
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8354 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandler(type
);
8357 SetDefaultStyle(wxRichTextAttr());
8358 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8359 bool success
= handler
->LoadFile(this, stream
);
8360 Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
8367 /// Save to a stream
8368 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SaveFile(wxOutputStream
& stream
, wxRichTextFileType type
)
8370 wxRichTextFileHandler
* handler
= FindHandler(type
);
8373 handler
->SetFlags(GetHandlerFlags());
8374 return handler
->SaveFile(this, stream
);
8379 #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
8381 /// Copy the range to the clipboard
8382 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
8384 bool success
= false;
8385 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= this;
8386 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8387 container
= GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
8389 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
8391 if (!wxTheClipboard
->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard
->Open())
8393 wxTheClipboard
->Clear();
8395 // Add composite object
8397 wxDataObjectComposite
* compositeObject
= new wxDataObjectComposite();
8400 wxString text
= container
->GetTextForRange(range
);
8403 text
= wxTextFile::Translate(text
, wxTextFileType_Dos
);
8406 compositeObject
->Add(new wxTextDataObject(text
), false /* not preferred */);
8409 // Add rich text buffer data object. This needs the XML handler to be present.
8411 if (FindHandler(wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
8413 wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuf
= new wxRichTextBuffer
;
8414 container
->CopyFragment(range
, *richTextBuf
);
8416 compositeObject
->Add(new wxRichTextBufferDataObject(richTextBuf
), true /* preferred */);
8419 if (wxTheClipboard
->SetData(compositeObject
))
8422 wxTheClipboard
->Close();
8431 /// Paste the clipboard content to the buffer
8432 bool wxRichTextBuffer::PasteFromClipboard(long position
)
8434 bool success
= false;
8435 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= this;
8436 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8437 container
= GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
8439 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
8440 if (CanPasteFromClipboard())
8442 if (wxTheClipboard
->Open())
8444 if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())))
8446 wxRichTextBufferDataObject data
;
8447 wxTheClipboard
->GetData(data
);
8448 wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuffer
= data
.GetRichTextBuffer();
8451 container
->InsertParagraphsWithUndo(this, position
+1, *richTextBuffer
, GetRichTextCtrl(), 0);
8452 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8453 GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position
+ richTextBuffer
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd());
8454 delete richTextBuffer
;
8457 else if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT
)
8459 || wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT
)
8463 wxTextDataObject data
;
8464 wxTheClipboard
->GetData(data
);
8465 wxString
text(data
.GetText());
8468 text2
.Alloc(text
.Length()+1);
8470 for (i
= 0; i
< text
.Length(); i
++)
8472 wxChar ch
= text
[i
];
8473 if (ch
!= wxT('\r'))
8477 wxString text2
= text
;
8479 container
->InsertTextWithUndo(this, position
+1, text2
, GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE
);
8481 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8482 GetRichTextCtrl()->ShowPosition(position
+ text2
.Length());
8486 else if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP
))
8488 wxBitmapDataObject data
;
8489 wxTheClipboard
->GetData(data
);
8490 wxBitmap
bitmap(data
.GetBitmap());
8491 wxImage
image(bitmap
.ConvertToImage());
8493 wxRichTextAction
* action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Insert Image"), wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
, this, container
, GetRichTextCtrl(), false);
8495 action
->GetNewParagraphs().AddImage(image
);
8497 if (action
->GetNewParagraphs().GetChildCount() == 1)
8498 action
->GetNewParagraphs().SetPartialParagraph(true);
8500 action
->SetPosition(position
+1);
8502 // Set the range we'll need to delete in Undo
8503 action
->SetRange(wxRichTextRange(position
+1, position
+1));
8505 SubmitAction(action
);
8509 wxTheClipboard
->Close();
8513 wxUnusedVar(position
);
8518 /// Can we paste from the clipboard?
8519 bool wxRichTextBuffer::CanPasteFromClipboard() const
8521 bool canPaste
= false;
8522 #if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD && wxUSE_DATAOBJ
8523 if (!wxTheClipboard
->IsOpened() && wxTheClipboard
->Open())
8525 if (wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_TEXT
)
8527 || wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_UNICODETEXT
)
8529 || wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDataFormat(wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBufferFormatId())) ||
8530 wxTheClipboard
->IsSupported(wxDF_BITMAP
))
8534 wxTheClipboard
->Close();
8540 /// Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes
8541 void wxRichTextBuffer::Dump()
8545 wxStringOutputStream
stream(& text
);
8546 wxTextOutputStream
textStream(stream
);
8553 /// Add an event handler
8554 bool wxRichTextBuffer::AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler
* handler
)
8556 m_eventHandlers
.Append(handler
);
8560 /// Remove an event handler
8561 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler
* handler
, bool deleteHandler
)
8563 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_eventHandlers
.Find(handler
);
8566 m_eventHandlers
.Erase(node
);
8576 /// Clear event handlers
8577 void wxRichTextBuffer::ClearEventHandlers()
8579 m_eventHandlers
.Clear();
8582 /// Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
8583 /// otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
8584 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SendEvent(wxEvent
& event
, bool sendToAll
)
8586 bool success
= false;
8587 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_eventHandlers
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
8589 wxEvtHandler
* handler
= (wxEvtHandler
*) node
->GetData();
8590 if (handler
->ProcessEvent(event
))
8600 /// Set style sheet and notify of the change
8601 bool wxRichTextBuffer::SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet
* sheet
)
8603 wxRichTextStyleSheet
* oldSheet
= GetStyleSheet();
8605 wxWindowID winid
= wxID_ANY
;
8606 if (GetRichTextCtrl())
8607 winid
= GetRichTextCtrl()->GetId();
8609 wxRichTextEvent
event(wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACING
, winid
);
8610 event
.SetEventObject(GetRichTextCtrl());
8611 event
.SetContainer(GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject());
8612 event
.SetOldStyleSheet(oldSheet
);
8613 event
.SetNewStyleSheet(sheet
);
8616 if (SendEvent(event
) && !event
.IsAllowed())
8618 if (sheet
!= oldSheet
)
8624 if (oldSheet
&& oldSheet
!= sheet
)
8627 SetStyleSheet(sheet
);
8629 event
.SetEventType(wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLESHEET_REPLACED
);
8630 event
.SetOldStyleSheet(NULL
);
8633 return SendEvent(event
);
8636 /// Set renderer, deleting old one
8637 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer
* renderer
)
8641 sm_renderer
= renderer
;
8644 /// Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
8645 /// information about position
8646 int wxRichTextBuffer::HitTest(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxPoint
& pt
, long& textPosition
, wxRichTextObject
** obj
, wxRichTextObject
** contextObj
, int flags
)
8648 int ret
= wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::HitTest(dc
, context
, pt
, textPosition
, obj
, contextObj
, flags
);
8649 if (ret
!= wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE
)
8655 textPosition
= m_ownRange
.GetEnd()-1;
8658 return wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER
|wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE
;
8662 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetFontScale(double fontScale
)
8664 m_fontScale
= fontScale
;
8665 m_fontTable
.SetFontScale(fontScale
);
8668 void wxRichTextBuffer::SetDimensionScale(double dimScale
)
8670 m_dimensionScale
= dimScale
;
8673 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph
* paragraph
, wxDC
& dc
, const wxRichTextAttr
& bulletAttr
, const wxRect
& rect
)
8675 if (bulletAttr
.GetTextColour().IsOk())
8677 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(bulletAttr
.GetTextColour()));
8678 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, wxBrush(bulletAttr
.GetTextColour()));
8682 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, *wxBLACK_PEN
);
8683 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxBLACK_BRUSH
);
8687 if (bulletAttr
.HasFont())
8689 font
= paragraph
->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(bulletAttr
);
8692 font
= (*wxNORMAL_FONT
);
8694 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
8696 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
8698 int bulletWidth
= (int) (((float) charHeight
) * wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletProportion());
8699 int bulletHeight
= bulletWidth
;
8703 // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
8704 int y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
);
8706 // Calculate where the bullet should be positioned
8707 y
= y
+ (charHeight
+1)/2 - (bulletHeight
+1)/2;
8709 // The margin between a bullet and text.
8710 int margin
= paragraph
->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
8712 if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT
)
8713 x
= rect
.x
+ rect
.width
- bulletWidth
- margin
;
8714 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE
)
8715 x
= x
+ (rect
.width
)/2 - bulletWidth
/2;
8717 if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/square"))
8719 dc
.DrawRectangle(x
, y
, bulletWidth
, bulletHeight
);
8721 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/diamond"))
8724 pts
[0].x
= x
; pts
[0].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
/2;
8725 pts
[1].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
/2; pts
[1].y
= y
;
8726 pts
[2].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
; pts
[2].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
/2;
8727 pts
[3].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
/2; pts
[3].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
;
8729 dc
.DrawPolygon(4, pts
);
8731 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/triangle"))
8734 pts
[0].x
= x
; pts
[0].y
= y
;
8735 pts
[1].x
= x
+ bulletWidth
; pts
[1].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
/2;
8736 pts
[2].x
= x
; pts
[2].y
= y
+ bulletHeight
;
8738 dc
.DrawPolygon(3, pts
);
8740 else if (bulletAttr
.GetBulletName() == wxT("standard/circle-outline"))
8742 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH
);
8743 dc
.DrawEllipse(x
, y
, bulletWidth
, bulletHeight
);
8745 else // "standard/circle", and catch-all
8747 dc
.DrawEllipse(x
, y
, bulletWidth
, bulletHeight
);
8753 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph
* paragraph
, wxDC
& dc
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxString
& text
)
8758 if ((attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL
) && !attr
.GetBulletFont().IsEmpty() && attr
.HasFont())
8760 wxRichTextAttr fontAttr
;
8761 if (attr
.HasFontPixelSize())
8762 fontAttr
.SetFontPixelSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
8764 fontAttr
.SetFontPointSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
8765 fontAttr
.SetFontStyle(attr
.GetFontStyle());
8766 fontAttr
.SetFontWeight(attr
.GetFontWeight());
8767 fontAttr
.SetFontUnderlined(attr
.GetFontUnderlined());
8768 fontAttr
.SetFontFaceName(attr
.GetBulletFont());
8769 font
= paragraph
->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(fontAttr
);
8771 else if (attr
.HasFont())
8772 font
= paragraph
->GetBuffer()->GetFontTable().FindFont(attr
);
8774 font
= (*wxNORMAL_FONT
);
8776 wxCheckSetFont(dc
, font
);
8778 if (attr
.GetTextColour().IsOk())
8779 dc
.SetTextForeground(attr
.GetTextColour());
8781 dc
.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT
);
8783 int charHeight
= dc
.GetCharHeight();
8785 dc
.GetTextExtent(text
, & tw
, & th
);
8789 // Calculate the top position of the character (as opposed to the whole line height)
8790 int y
= rect
.y
+ (rect
.height
- charHeight
);
8792 // The margin between a bullet and text.
8793 int margin
= paragraph
->ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, wxRichTextBuffer::GetBulletRightMargin());
8795 if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_RIGHT
)
8796 x
= (rect
.x
+ rect
.width
) - tw
- margin
;
8797 else if (attr
.GetBulletStyle() & wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ALIGN_CENTRE
)
8798 x
= x
+ (rect
.width
)/2 - tw
/2;
8800 dc
.DrawText(text
, x
, y
);
8808 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph
* WXUNUSED(paragraph
), wxDC
& WXUNUSED(dc
), const wxRichTextAttr
& WXUNUSED(attr
), const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(rect
))
8810 // Currently unimplemented. The intention is to store bitmaps by name in a media store associated
8811 // with the buffer. The store will allow retrieval from memory, disk or other means.
8815 /// Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
8816 bool wxRichTextStdRenderer::EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString
& bulletNames
)
8818 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle"));
8819 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/circle-outline"));
8820 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/square"));
8821 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/diamond"));
8822 bulletNames
.Add(wxTRANSLATE("standard/triangle"));
8831 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextBox
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
)
8833 wxRichTextBox::wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
8834 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(parent
)
8839 bool wxRichTextBox::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
8844 // TODO: if the active object in the control, draw an indication.
8845 // We need to add the concept of active object, and not just focus object,
8846 // so we can apply commands (properties, delete, ...) to objects such as text boxes and images.
8847 // Ultimately we would like to be able to interactively resize an active object
8848 // using drag handles.
8849 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
8853 void wxRichTextBox::Copy(const wxRichTextBox
& obj
)
8855 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj
);
8858 // Edit properties via a GUI
8859 bool wxRichTextBox::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
8861 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, _("Box Properties"));
8862 boxDlg
.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
8864 if (boxDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
8866 // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
8867 // indeterminate in the object.
8868 boxDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
8879 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextField
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
)
8881 wxRichTextField::wxRichTextField(const wxString
& fieldType
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
8882 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(parent
)
8884 SetFieldType(fieldType
);
8888 bool wxRichTextField::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
8893 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8894 if (fieldType
&& fieldType
->Draw(this, dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
))
8897 // Fallback; but don't draw guidelines.
8898 style
&= ~wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES
;
8899 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
8902 bool wxRichTextField::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& parentRect
, int style
)
8904 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8905 if (fieldType
&& fieldType
->Layout(this, dc
, context
, rect
, parentRect
, style
))
8909 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Layout(dc
, context
, rect
, parentRect
, style
);
8912 bool wxRichTextField::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
8914 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8916 return fieldType
->GetRangeSize((wxRichTextField
*) this, range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
, partialExtents
);
8918 return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
, partialExtents
);
8922 void wxRichTextField::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
8925 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::CalculateRange(start
, end
);
8927 wxRichTextObject::CalculateRange(start
, end
);
8931 void wxRichTextField::Copy(const wxRichTextField
& obj
)
8933 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Copy(obj
);
8935 UpdateField(GetBuffer());
8938 // Edit properties via a GUI
8939 bool wxRichTextField::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
8941 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8943 return fieldType
->EditProperties(this, parent
, buffer
);
8948 bool wxRichTextField::CanEditProperties() const
8950 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8952 return fieldType
->CanEditProperties((wxRichTextField
*) this);
8957 wxString
wxRichTextField::GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const
8959 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8961 return fieldType
->GetPropertiesMenuLabel((wxRichTextField
*) this);
8963 return wxEmptyString
;
8966 bool wxRichTextField::UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
8968 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8970 return fieldType
->UpdateField(buffer
, (wxRichTextField
*) this);
8975 bool wxRichTextField::IsTopLevel() const
8977 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(GetFieldType());
8979 return fieldType
->IsTopLevel((wxRichTextField
*) this);
8984 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldType
, wxObject
)
8986 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
, wxRichTextFieldType
)
8988 wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString
& name
, const wxString
& label
, int displayStyle
)
8994 SetDisplayStyle(displayStyle
);
8997 wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString
& name
, const wxBitmap
& bitmap
, int displayStyle
)
9003 SetDisplayStyle(displayStyle
);
9006 void wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Init()
9008 m_displayStyle
= wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE
;
9009 m_font
= wxFont(6, wxFONTFAMILY_SWISS
, wxFONTSTYLE_NORMAL
, wxFONTWEIGHT_NORMAL
);
9010 m_textColour
= *wxWHITE
;
9011 m_borderColour
= *wxBLACK
;
9012 m_backgroundColour
= *wxBLACK
;
9013 m_verticalPadding
= 1;
9014 m_horizontalPadding
= 3;
9015 m_horizontalMargin
= 2;
9016 m_verticalMargin
= 0;
9019 void wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
& field
)
9021 wxRichTextFieldType::Copy(field
);
9023 m_label
= field
.m_label
;
9024 m_displayStyle
= field
.m_displayStyle
;
9025 m_font
= field
.m_font
;
9026 m_textColour
= field
.m_textColour
;
9027 m_borderColour
= field
.m_borderColour
;
9028 m_backgroundColour
= field
.m_backgroundColour
;
9029 m_verticalPadding
= field
.m_verticalPadding
;
9030 m_horizontalPadding
= field
.m_horizontalPadding
;
9031 m_horizontalMargin
= field
.m_horizontalMargin
;
9032 m_bitmap
= field
.m_bitmap
;
9035 bool wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Draw(wxRichTextField
* obj
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
), const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int WXUNUSED(style
))
9037 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE
)
9038 return false; // USe default composite drawing
9039 else // if (m_displayStyle == wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE || m_displayStyle == wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NOBORDER)
9043 wxPen
borderPen(m_borderColour
, 1, wxSOLID
);
9044 wxBrush
backgroundBrush(m_backgroundColour
);
9045 wxColour
textColour(m_textColour
);
9047 if (selection
.WithinSelection(obj
->GetRange().GetStart(), obj
))
9049 wxColour
highlightColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT
));
9050 wxColour
highlightTextColour(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT
));
9052 borderPen
= wxPen(highlightTextColour
, 1, wxSOLID
);
9053 backgroundBrush
= wxBrush(highlightColour
);
9055 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, backgroundBrush
);
9056 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, wxPen(highlightColour
, 1, wxSOLID
));
9057 dc
.DrawRectangle(rect
);
9060 if (m_displayStyle
!= wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER
)
9063 // objectRect is the area where the content is drawn, after margins around it have been taken into account
9064 wxRect objectRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(rect
.x
+ m_horizontalMargin
, rect
.y
+ wxMax(0, rect
.height
- descent
- obj
->GetCachedSize().y
)),
9065 wxSize(obj
->GetCachedSize().x
- 2*m_horizontalMargin
- borderSize
, obj
->GetCachedSize().y
));
9067 // clientArea is where the text is actually written
9068 wxRect clientArea
= objectRect
;
9070 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE
)
9072 dc
.SetPen(borderPen
);
9073 dc
.SetBrush(backgroundBrush
);
9074 dc
.DrawRoundedRectangle(objectRect
, 4.0);
9076 else if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG
)
9078 int arrowLength
= objectRect
.height
/2;
9079 clientArea
.width
-= (arrowLength
- m_horizontalPadding
);
9082 pts
[0].x
= objectRect
.x
; pts
[0].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9083 pts
[1].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
- arrowLength
; pts
[1].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9084 pts
[2].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
; pts
[2].y
= objectRect
.y
+ (objectRect
.height
/2);
9085 pts
[3].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
- arrowLength
; pts
[3].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9086 pts
[4].x
= objectRect
.x
; pts
[4].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9087 dc
.SetPen(borderPen
);
9088 dc
.SetBrush(backgroundBrush
);
9089 dc
.DrawPolygon(5, pts
);
9091 else if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG
)
9093 int arrowLength
= objectRect
.height
/2;
9094 clientArea
.width
-= (arrowLength
- m_horizontalPadding
);
9095 clientArea
.x
+= (arrowLength
- m_horizontalPadding
);
9098 pts
[0].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
; pts
[0].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9099 pts
[1].x
= objectRect
.x
+ arrowLength
; pts
[1].y
= objectRect
.y
;
9100 pts
[2].x
= objectRect
.x
; pts
[2].y
= objectRect
.y
+ (objectRect
.height
/2);
9101 pts
[3].x
= objectRect
.x
+ arrowLength
; pts
[3].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9102 pts
[4].x
= objectRect
.x
+ objectRect
.width
; pts
[4].y
= objectRect
.y
+ objectRect
.height
;
9103 dc
.SetPen(borderPen
);
9104 dc
.SetBrush(backgroundBrush
);
9105 dc
.DrawPolygon(5, pts
);
9108 if (m_bitmap
.IsOk())
9110 int x
= clientArea
.x
+ (clientArea
.width
- m_bitmap
.GetWidth())/2;
9111 int y
= clientArea
.y
+ m_verticalPadding
;
9112 dc
.DrawBitmap(m_bitmap
, x
, y
, true);
9114 if (selection
.WithinSelection(obj
->GetRange().GetStart(), obj
))
9116 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxBLACK_BRUSH
);
9117 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, *wxBLACK_PEN
);
9118 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT
);
9119 dc
.DrawRectangle(wxRect(x
, y
, m_bitmap
.GetWidth(), m_bitmap
.GetHeight()));
9120 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY
);
9125 wxString
label(m_label
);
9126 if (label
.IsEmpty())
9128 int w
, h
, maxDescent
;
9130 dc
.GetTextExtent(m_label
, & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
9131 dc
.SetTextForeground(textColour
);
9133 int x
= clientArea
.x
+ (clientArea
.width
- w
)/2;
9134 int y
= clientArea
.y
+ (clientArea
.height
- (h
- maxDescent
))/2;
9135 dc
.DrawText(m_label
, x
, y
);
9142 bool wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::Layout(wxRichTextField
* obj
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(rect
), const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int style
)
9144 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE
)
9145 return false; // USe default composite layout
9147 wxSize size
= GetSize(obj
, dc
, context
, style
);
9148 obj
->SetCachedSize(size
);
9149 obj
->SetMinSize(size
);
9150 obj
->SetMaxSize(size
);
9154 bool wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField
* obj
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
9156 if (IsTopLevel(obj
))
9157 return obj
->wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::GetRangeSize(range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
);
9160 wxSize sz
= GetSize(obj
, dc
, context
, 0);
9164 if (partialExtents
->GetCount() > 0)
9165 lastSize
= (*partialExtents
)[partialExtents
->GetCount()-1];
9168 partialExtents
->Add(lastSize
+ sz
.x
);
9175 wxSize
wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard::GetSize(wxRichTextField
* WXUNUSED(obj
), wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& WXUNUSED(context
), int WXUNUSED(style
)) const
9178 int w
= 0, h
= 0, maxDescent
= 0;
9181 if (m_bitmap
.IsOk())
9183 w
= m_bitmap
.GetWidth();
9184 h
= m_bitmap
.GetHeight();
9186 sz
= wxSize(w
+ m_horizontalMargin
*2, h
+ m_verticalMargin
*2);
9190 wxString
label(m_label
);
9191 if (label
.IsEmpty())
9194 dc
.GetTextExtent(label
, & w
, &h
, & maxDescent
);
9196 sz
= wxSize(w
+ m_horizontalPadding
*2 + m_horizontalMargin
*2, h
+ m_verticalPadding
*2 + m_verticalMargin
*2);
9199 if (m_displayStyle
!= wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER
)
9201 sz
.x
+= borderSize
*2;
9202 sz
.y
+= borderSize
*2;
9205 if (m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG
|| m_displayStyle
== wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG
)
9207 // Add space for the arrow
9208 sz
.x
+= (sz
.y
/2 - m_horizontalPadding
);
9214 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextCell
, wxRichTextBox
)
9216 wxRichTextCell::wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject
* parent
):
9217 wxRichTextBox(parent
)
9222 bool wxRichTextCell::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
9224 return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
9228 void wxRichTextCell::Copy(const wxRichTextCell
& obj
)
9230 wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj
);
9233 // Edit properties via a GUI
9234 bool wxRichTextCell::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
9236 // We need to gather common attributes for all selected cells.
9238 wxRichTextTable
* table
= wxDynamicCast(GetParent(), wxRichTextTable
);
9239 bool multipleCells
= false;
9240 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
9242 if (table
&& buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() && buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().IsValid() &&
9243 buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection().GetContainer() == GetParent())
9245 wxRichTextAttr clashingAttr
, absentAttr
;
9246 const wxRichTextSelection
& sel
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
9248 int selectedCellCount
= 0;
9249 for (i
= 0; i
< sel
.GetCount(); i
++)
9251 const wxRichTextRange
& range
= sel
[i
];
9252 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= table
->GetCell(range
.GetStart());
9255 wxRichTextAttr cellStyle
= cell
->GetAttributes();
9257 CollectStyle(attr
, cellStyle
, clashingAttr
, absentAttr
);
9259 selectedCellCount
++;
9262 multipleCells
= selectedCellCount
> 1;
9266 attr
= GetAttributes();
9271 caption
= _("Multiple Cell Properties");
9273 caption
= _("Cell Properties");
9275 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
cellDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, caption
);
9276 cellDlg
.SetAttributes(attr
);
9278 wxRichTextSizePage
* sizePage
= wxDynamicCast(cellDlg
.FindPage(wxCLASSINFO(wxRichTextSizePage
)), wxRichTextSizePage
);
9281 // We don't want position and floating controls for a cell.
9282 sizePage
->ShowPositionControls(false);
9283 sizePage
->ShowFloatingControls(false);
9286 if (cellDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
9290 const wxRichTextSelection
& sel
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetSelection();
9291 // Apply the style; we interpret indeterminate attributes as 'don't touch this attribute'
9292 // since it may represent clashing attributes across multiple objects.
9293 table
->SetCellStyle(sel
, attr
);
9296 // For a single object, indeterminate attributes set by the user should be reflected in the
9297 // actual object style, so pass the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET flag to assign
9298 // the style directly instead of applying (which ignores indeterminate attributes,
9299 // leaving them as they were).
9300 cellDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
9307 // The next 2 methods return span values. Note that the default is 1, not 0
9308 int wxRichTextCell::GetColspan() const
9311 if (GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("colspan")))
9313 span
= GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("colspan"));
9319 int wxRichTextCell::GetRowspan() const
9322 if (GetProperties().HasProperty(wxT("rowspan")))
9324 span
= GetProperties().GetPropertyLong(wxT("rowspan"));
9330 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray
)
9332 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextTable
, wxRichTextBox
)
9334 wxRichTextTable::wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject
* parent
): wxRichTextBox(parent
)
9340 // Draws the object.
9341 bool wxRichTextTable::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int descent
, int style
)
9343 return wxRichTextBox::Draw(dc
, context
, range
, selection
, rect
, descent
, style
);
9346 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(wxRect
, wxRichTextRectArray
);
9347 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRectArray
);
9350 // Helper function for Layout() that clears the space needed by a cell with rowspan > 1
9351 int GetRowspanDisplacement(const wxRichTextTable
* table
, int row
, int col
, int paddingX
, const wxArrayInt
& colWidths
)
9353 // If one or more cells above-left of this one has rowspan > 1, the affected cells below it
9354 // will have been hidden and have width 0. As a result they are ignored by the layout algorithm,
9355 // and all cells to their right are effectively shifted left. As a result there's no hole for
9356 // the spanning cell to fill.
9357 // So search back along the current row for hidden cells. However there's also the annoying issue of a
9358 // rowspanning cell that also has colspam. So we can't rely on the rowspanning cell being directly above
9359 // the first hidden one we come to. We also can't rely on a cell being hidden only by one type of span;
9360 // there's nothing to stop a cell being hidden by colspan, and then again hidden from above by rowspan.
9361 // The answer is to look above each hidden cell in turn, which I think covers all bases.
9363 for (int prevcol
= 0; prevcol
< col
; ++prevcol
)
9365 if (!table
->GetCell(row
, prevcol
)->IsShown())
9367 // We've found a hidden cell. If it's hidden because of colspan to its left, it's
9368 // already been taken into account; but not if there's a rowspanning cell above
9369 for (int prevrow
= row
-1; prevrow
>= 0; --prevrow
)
9371 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= table
->GetCell(prevrow
, prevcol
);
9372 if (cell
&& cell
->IsShown())
9374 int rowSpan
= cell
->GetRowspan();
9375 if (rowSpan
> 1 && rowSpan
> (row
-prevrow
))
9377 // There is a rowspanning cell above above the hidden one, so we need
9378 // to right-shift the index cell by this column's width. Furthermore,
9379 // if the cell also colspans, we need to shift by all affected columns
9380 for (int colSpan
= 0; colSpan
< cell
->GetColspan(); ++colSpan
)
9381 deltaX
+= (colWidths
[prevcol
+colSpan
] + paddingX
);
9391 // Helper function for Layout() that expands any cell with rowspan > 1
9392 void ExpandCellsWithRowspan(const wxRichTextTable
* table
, int paddingY
, int& bottomY
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& availableSpace
, int style
)
9394 // This is called when the table's cell layout is otherwise complete.
9395 // For any cell with rowspan > 1, expand downwards into the row(s) below.
9397 // Start by finding the current 'y' of the top of each row, plus the bottom of the available area for cells.
9398 // Deduce this from the top of a visible cell in the row below. (If none are visible, the row will be invisible anyway and can be ignored.)
9399 const int rowCount
= table
->GetRowCount();
9400 const int colCount
= table
->GetColumnCount();
9402 rowTops
.Add(0, rowCount
+1);
9404 for (row
= 0; row
< rowCount
; ++row
)
9406 for (int column
= 0; column
< colCount
; ++column
)
9408 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= table
->GetCell(row
, column
);
9409 if (cell
&& cell
->IsShown())
9411 rowTops
[row
] = cell
->GetPosition().y
;
9416 rowTops
[rowCount
] = bottomY
+ paddingY
; // The table bottom, which was passed to us
9418 bool needsRelay
= false;
9420 for (row
= 0; row
< rowCount
-1; ++row
) // -1 as the bottom row can't rowspan
9422 for (int col
= 0; col
< colCount
; ++col
)
9424 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= table
->GetCell(row
, col
);
9425 if (cell
&& cell
->IsShown())
9427 int span
= cell
->GetRowspan();
9430 span
= wxMin(span
, rowCount
-row
); // Don't try to span below the table!
9434 int availableHeight
= rowTops
[row
+span
] - rowTops
[row
] - paddingY
;
9435 wxSize newSize
= wxSize(cell
->GetCachedSize().GetWidth(), availableHeight
);
9436 wxRect availableCellSpace
= wxRect(cell
->GetPosition(), newSize
);
9437 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
9438 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableCellSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
9439 // Ensure there's room in the span to display its contents, else it'll overwrite lower rows
9440 int overhang
= cell
->GetCachedSize().GetHeight() - availableHeight
;
9441 cell
->SetCachedSize(newSize
);
9445 // There are 3 things to get right:
9446 // 1) The easiest is the rows below the span: they need to be downshifted by the overhang, and so does the table bottom itself
9447 // 2) The rows within the span, including the one holding this cell, need to be deepened by their share of the overhang
9448 // e.g. if rowspan == 3, each row should increase in depth by 1/3rd of the overhang.
9449 // 3) The cell with the rowspan shouldn't be touched in 2); its height will be set to the whole span later.
9450 int deltaY
= overhang
/ span
;
9451 int spare
= overhang
% span
;
9453 // Each row in the span needs to by deepened by its share of the overhang (give the first row any spare).
9454 // This is achieved by increasing the value stored in the following row's rowTops
9455 for (int spannedRows
= 0; spannedRows
< span
; ++spannedRows
)
9457 rowTops
[row
+spannedRows
+1] += ((deltaY
* (spannedRows
+1)) + (spannedRows
== 0 ? spare
:0));
9460 // Any rows below the span need shifting down
9461 for (int rowsBelow
= row
+ span
+1; rowsBelow
<= rowCount
; ++rowsBelow
)
9463 rowTops
[rowsBelow
] += overhang
;
9476 // There were overflowing rowspanning cells, so layout yet again to make the increased row depths show
9477 for (row
= 0; row
< rowCount
; ++row
)
9479 for (int col
= 0; col
< colCount
; ++col
)
9481 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= table
->GetCell(row
, col
);
9482 if (cell
&& cell
->IsShown())
9484 wxPoint
position(cell
->GetPosition().x
, rowTops
[row
]);
9486 // GetRowspan() will usually return 1, but may be greater
9487 wxSize
size(cell
->GetCachedSize().GetWidth(), rowTops
[row
+ cell
->GetRowspan()] - rowTops
[row
] - paddingY
);
9489 wxRect availableCellSpace
= wxRect(position
, size
);
9490 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
9491 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableCellSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
9492 cell
->SetCachedSize(size
);
9496 bottomY
= rowTops
[rowCount
] - paddingY
;
9500 // Lays the object out. rect is the space available for layout. Often it will
9501 // be the specified overall space for this object, if trying to constrain
9502 // layout to a particular size, or it could be the total space available in the
9503 // parent. rect is the overall size, so we must subtract margins and padding.
9504 // to get the actual available space.
9505 bool wxRichTextTable::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int style
)
9507 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
9509 // The meaty bit. Calculate sizes of all cells and rows. Try to use
9510 // minimum size if within alloted size, then divide up remaining size
9511 // between rows/cols.
9514 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
9515 if (buffer
) scale
= buffer
->GetScale();
9517 wxRect availableSpace
= GetAvailableContentArea(dc
, context
, rect
);
9518 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, availableSpace
.GetSize());
9520 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
9521 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
9523 // If we have no fixed table size, and assuming we're not pushed for
9524 // space, then we don't have to try to stretch the table to fit the contents.
9525 bool stretchToFitTableWidth
= false;
9527 int tableWidth
= rect
.width
;
9528 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
9530 tableWidth
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
9532 // Fixed table width, so we do want to stretch columns out if necessary.
9533 stretchToFitTableWidth
= true;
9535 // Shouldn't be able to exceed the size passed to this function
9536 tableWidth
= wxMin(rect
.width
, tableWidth
);
9539 // Get internal padding
9540 int paddingLeft
= 0, paddingTop
= 0;
9541 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft().IsValid())
9542 paddingLeft
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetLeft());
9543 if (attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop().IsValid())
9544 paddingTop
= converter
.GetPixels(attr
.GetTextBoxAttr().GetPadding().GetTop());
9546 // Assume that left and top padding are also used for inter-cell padding.
9547 int paddingX
= paddingLeft
;
9548 int paddingY
= paddingTop
;
9550 int totalLeftMargin
= 0, totalRightMargin
= 0, totalTopMargin
= 0, totalBottomMargin
= 0;
9551 GetTotalMargin(dc
, buffer
, attr
, totalLeftMargin
, totalRightMargin
, totalTopMargin
, totalBottomMargin
);
9553 // Internal table width - the area for content
9554 int internalTableWidth
= tableWidth
- totalLeftMargin
- totalRightMargin
;
9556 int rowCount
= m_cells
.GetCount();
9557 if (m_colCount
== 0 || rowCount
== 0)
9559 wxRect
overallRect(rect
.x
, rect
.y
, totalLeftMargin
+ totalRightMargin
, totalTopMargin
+ totalBottomMargin
);
9560 SetCachedSize(overallRect
.GetSize());
9562 // Zero content size
9563 SetMinSize(overallRect
.GetSize());
9564 SetMaxSize(GetMinSize());
9568 // The final calculated widths
9569 wxArrayInt colWidths
;
9570 colWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9572 wxArrayInt absoluteColWidths
;
9573 absoluteColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9575 wxArrayInt percentageColWidths
;
9576 percentageColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9577 // wxArrayInt percentageColWidthsSpanning(m_colCount);
9578 // These are only relevant when the first column contains spanning information.
9579 // wxArrayInt columnSpans(m_colCount); // Each contains 1 for non-spanning cell, > 1 for spanning cell.
9580 wxArrayInt maxColWidths
;
9581 maxColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9582 wxArrayInt minColWidths
;
9583 minColWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
9585 wxSize
tableSize(tableWidth
, 0);
9589 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9591 absoluteColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9592 // absoluteColWidthsSpanning[i] = 0;
9593 percentageColWidths
[i
] = -1;
9594 // percentageColWidthsSpanning[i] = -1;
9596 maxColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9597 minColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9598 // columnSpans[i] = 1;
9601 // (0) Determine which cells are visible according to spans
9603 // __________________
9608 // |------------------|
9609 // |__________________| 4
9611 // To calculate cell visibility:
9612 // First find all spanning cells. Build an array of span records with start x, y and end x, y.
9613 // Then for each cell, test whether we're within one of those cells, and unless we're at the start of
9614 // that cell, hide the cell.
9616 // We can also use this array to match the size of spanning cells to the grid. Or just do
9617 // this when we iterate through all cells.
9619 // 0.1: add spanning cells to an array
9620 wxRichTextRectArray rectArray
;
9621 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9623 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9625 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9626 int colSpan
= cell
->GetColspan();
9627 int rowSpan
= cell
->GetRowspan();
9628 if (colSpan
> 1 || rowSpan
> 1)
9630 rectArray
.Add(wxRect(i
, j
, colSpan
, rowSpan
));
9634 // 0.2: find which cells are subsumed by a spanning cell
9635 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9637 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9639 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9640 if (rectArray
.GetCount() == 0)
9646 int colSpan
= cell
->GetColspan();
9647 int rowSpan
= cell
->GetRowspan();
9649 if (colSpan
> 1 || rowSpan
> 1)
9651 // Assume all spanning cells are shown
9657 for (k
= 0; k
< (int) rectArray
.GetCount(); k
++)
9659 if (rectArray
[k
].Contains(wxPoint(i
, j
)))
9671 // Find the first spanned cell in each row that spans the most columns and doesn't
9672 // overlap with a spanned cell starting at a previous column position.
9673 // This means we need to keep an array of rects so we can check. However
9674 // it does also mean that some spans simply may not be taken into account
9675 // where there are different spans happening on different rows. In these cases,
9676 // they will simply be as wide as their constituent columns.
9678 // (1) Do an initial layout for all cells to get minimum and maximum size, and get
9679 // the absolute or percentage width of each column.
9681 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9683 // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
9684 // the available content space for all cells on the row
9686 int overallRowContentMargin
= 0;
9687 int visibleCellCount
= 0;
9689 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9691 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9692 if (cell
->IsShown())
9694 int cellTotalLeftMargin
= 0, cellTotalRightMargin
= 0, cellTotalTopMargin
= 0, cellTotalBottomMargin
= 0;
9695 GetTotalMargin(dc
, buffer
, cell
->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin
, cellTotalRightMargin
, cellTotalTopMargin
, cellTotalBottomMargin
);
9697 overallRowContentMargin
+= (cellTotalLeftMargin
+ cellTotalRightMargin
);
9698 visibleCellCount
++;
9702 // Add in inter-cell padding
9703 overallRowContentMargin
+= ((visibleCellCount
-1) * paddingX
);
9705 int rowContentWidth
= internalTableWidth
- overallRowContentMargin
;
9706 wxSize
rowTableSize(rowContentWidth
, 0);
9707 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, rowTableSize
);
9709 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9711 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9712 if (cell
->IsShown())
9714 int colSpan
= cell
->GetColspan();
9716 // Lay out cell to find min/max widths
9717 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
9718 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
9722 int absoluteCellWidth
= -1;
9723 int percentageCellWidth
= -1;
9725 // I think we need to calculate percentages from the internal table size,
9726 // minus the padding between cells which we'll need to calculate from the
9727 // (number of VISIBLE cells - 1)*paddingX. Then percentages that add up to 100%
9728 // will add up to 100%. In CSS, the width specifies the cell's content rect width,
9729 // so if we want to conform to that we'll need to add in the overall cell margins.
9730 // However, this will make it difficult to specify percentages that add up to
9731 // 100% and still fit within the table width.
9732 // Let's say two cells have 50% width. They have 10 pixels of overall margin each.
9733 // The table content rect is 500 pixels and the inter-cell padding is 20 pixels.
9734 // If we're using internal content size for the width, we would calculate the
9735 // the overall cell width for n cells as:
9736 // (500 - 20*(n-1) - overallCellMargin1 - overallCellMargin2 - ...) * percentage / 100
9737 // + thisOverallCellMargin
9738 // = 500 - 20 - 10 - 10) * 0.5 + 10 = 240 pixels overall cell width.
9739 // Adding this back, we get 240 + 240 + 20 = 500 pixels.
9741 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
9743 int w
= converter
.GetPixels(cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
9744 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
9746 percentageCellWidth
= w
;
9750 absoluteCellWidth
= w
;
9752 // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
9753 if (cell
->GetMinSize().x
> 0 && absoluteCellWidth
!=1 && cell
->GetMinSize().x
> absoluteCellWidth
)
9754 absoluteCellWidth
= cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9757 if (absoluteCellWidth
!= -1)
9759 if (absoluteCellWidth
> absoluteColWidths
[i
])
9760 absoluteColWidths
[i
] = absoluteCellWidth
;
9763 if (percentageCellWidth
!= -1)
9765 if (percentageCellWidth
> percentageColWidths
[i
])
9766 percentageColWidths
[i
] = percentageCellWidth
;
9769 if (colSpan
== 1 && cell
->GetMinSize().x
&& cell
->GetMinSize().x
> minColWidths
[i
])
9770 minColWidths
[i
] = cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9771 if (colSpan
== 1 && cell
->GetMaxSize().x
&& cell
->GetMaxSize().x
> maxColWidths
[i
])
9772 maxColWidths
[i
] = cell
->GetMaxSize().x
;
9778 // (2) Allocate initial column widths from minimum widths, absolute values and proportions
9779 // TODO: simply merge this into (1).
9780 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9782 if (absoluteColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9784 colWidths
[i
] = absoluteColWidths
[i
];
9786 else if (percentageColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9788 colWidths
[i
] = percentageColWidths
[i
];
9790 // This is rubbish - we calculated the absolute widths from percentages, so
9791 // we can't do it again here.
9792 //colWidths[i] = (int) (double(percentageColWidths[i]) * double(tableWidth) / 100.0 + 0.5);
9796 // (3) Process absolute or proportional widths of spanning columns,
9797 // now that we know what our fixed column widths are going to be.
9798 // Spanned cells will try to adjust columns so the span will fit.
9799 // Even existing fixed column widths can be expanded if necessary.
9800 // Actually, currently fixed columns widths aren't adjusted; instead,
9801 // the algorithm favours earlier rows and adjusts unspecified column widths
9802 // the first time only. After that, we can't know whether the column has been
9803 // specified explicitly or not. (We could make a note if necessary.)
9804 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
9806 // First get the overall margins so we can calculate percentage widths based on
9807 // the available content space for all cells on the row
9809 int overallRowContentMargin
= 0;
9810 int visibleCellCount
= 0;
9812 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9814 wxRichTextBox
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9815 if (cell
->IsShown())
9817 int cellTotalLeftMargin
= 0, cellTotalRightMargin
= 0, cellTotalTopMargin
= 0, cellTotalBottomMargin
= 0;
9818 GetTotalMargin(dc
, buffer
, cell
->GetAttributes(), cellTotalLeftMargin
, cellTotalRightMargin
, cellTotalTopMargin
, cellTotalBottomMargin
);
9820 overallRowContentMargin
+= (cellTotalLeftMargin
+ cellTotalRightMargin
);
9821 visibleCellCount
++;
9825 // Add in inter-cell padding
9826 overallRowContentMargin
+= ((visibleCellCount
-1) * paddingX
);
9828 int rowContentWidth
= internalTableWidth
- overallRowContentMargin
;
9829 wxSize
rowTableSize(rowContentWidth
, 0);
9830 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
, rowTableSize
);
9832 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9834 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
9835 if (cell
->IsShown())
9837 int colSpan
= cell
->GetColspan();
9840 int spans
= wxMin(colSpan
, m_colCount
- i
);
9844 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid())
9846 cellWidth
= converter
.GetPixels(cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth());
9847 // Override absolute width with minimum width if necessary
9848 if (cell
->GetMinSize().x
> 0 && cellWidth
!=1 && cell
->GetMinSize().x
> cellWidth
)
9849 cellWidth
= cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9853 // Do we want to do this? It's the only chance we get to
9854 // use the cell's min/max sizes, so we need to work out
9855 // how we're going to balance the unspecified spanning cell
9856 // width with the possibility more-constrained constituent cell widths.
9857 // Say there's a tiny bitmap giving it a max width of 10 pixels. We
9858 // don't want to constraint all the spanned columns to fit into this cell.
9859 // OK, let's say that if any of the constituent columns don't fit,
9860 // then we simply stop constraining the columns; instead, we'll just fit the spanning
9861 // cells to the columns later.
9862 cellWidth
= cell
->GetMinSize().x
;
9863 if (cell
->GetMaxSize().x
> cellWidth
)
9864 cellWidth
= cell
->GetMaxSize().x
;
9867 // Subtract the padding between cells
9868 int spanningWidth
= cellWidth
;
9869 spanningWidth
-= paddingX
* (spans
-1);
9871 if (spanningWidth
> 0)
9873 // Now share the spanning width between columns within that span
9874 // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
9875 int spanningWidthLeft
= spanningWidth
;
9876 int stretchColCount
= 0;
9877 for (k
= i
; k
< (i
+spans
); k
++)
9879 if (colWidths
[k
] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
9880 spanningWidthLeft
-= colWidths
[k
];
9884 // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
9886 if (stretchColCount
> 0)
9887 colShare
= spanningWidthLeft
/ stretchColCount
;
9888 int colShareRemainder
= spanningWidthLeft
- (colShare
* stretchColCount
);
9890 // If fixed-width columns are currently too big, then we'll later
9891 // stretch the spanned cell to fit.
9893 if (spanningWidthLeft
> 0)
9895 for (k
= i
; k
< (i
+spans
); k
++)
9897 if (colWidths
[k
] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
9899 int newWidth
= colShare
;
9900 if (k
== (i
+spans
-1))
9901 newWidth
+= colShareRemainder
; // ensure all pixels are filled
9902 colWidths
[k
] = newWidth
;
9913 // (4) Next, share any remaining space out between columns that have not yet been calculated.
9914 // TODO: take into account min widths of columns within the span
9915 int tableWidthMinusPadding
= internalTableWidth
- (m_colCount
-1)*paddingX
;
9916 int widthLeft
= tableWidthMinusPadding
;
9917 int stretchColCount
= 0;
9918 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9920 // Subtract min width from width left, then
9921 // add the colShare to the min width
9922 if (colWidths
[i
] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
9923 widthLeft
-= colWidths
[i
];
9926 if (minColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9927 widthLeft
-= minColWidths
[i
];
9933 // Now divide what's left between the remaining columns
9935 if (stretchColCount
> 0)
9936 colShare
= widthLeft
/ stretchColCount
;
9937 int colShareRemainder
= widthLeft
- (colShare
* stretchColCount
);
9939 // Check we don't have enough space, in which case shrink all columns, overriding
9940 // any absolute/proportional widths
9941 // TODO: actually we would like to divide up the shrinkage according to size.
9942 // How do we calculate the proportions that will achieve this?
9943 // Could first choose an arbitrary value for stretching cells, and then calculate
9944 // factors to multiply each width by.
9945 // TODO: want to record this fact and pass to an iteration that tries e.g. min widths
9946 if (widthLeft
< 0 || (stretchToFitTableWidth
&& (stretchColCount
== 0)))
9948 colShare
= tableWidthMinusPadding
/ m_colCount
;
9949 colShareRemainder
= tableWidthMinusPadding
- (colShare
* m_colCount
);
9950 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9953 minColWidths
[i
] = 0;
9957 // We have to adjust the columns if either we need to shrink the
9958 // table to fit the parent/table width, or we explicitly set the
9959 // table width and need to stretch out the table.
9960 if (widthLeft
< 0 || stretchToFitTableWidth
)
9962 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
9964 if (colWidths
[i
] <= 0) // absolute or proportional width has not been specified
9966 if (minColWidths
[i
] > 0)
9967 colWidths
[i
] = minColWidths
[i
] + colShare
;
9969 colWidths
[i
] = colShare
;
9970 if (i
== (m_colCount
-1))
9971 colWidths
[i
] += colShareRemainder
; // ensure all pixels are filled
9976 // TODO: if spanned cells have no specified or max width, make them the
9977 // as big as the columns they span. Do this for all spanned cells in all
9978 // rows, of course. Size any spanned cells left over at the end - even if they
9979 // have width > 0, make sure they're limited to the appropriate column edge.
9983 Sort out confusion between content width
9984 and overall width later. For now, assume we specify overall width.
9986 So, now we've laid out the table to fit into the given space
9987 and have used specified widths and minimum widths.
9989 Now we need to consider how we will try to take maximum width into account.
9993 // (??) TODO: take max width into account
9995 // (6) Lay out all cells again with the current values
9998 int y
= availableSpace
.y
;
9999 for (j
= 0; j
< m_rowCount
; j
++)
10001 int x
= availableSpace
.x
; // TODO: take into account centering etc.
10002 int maxCellHeight
= 0;
10003 int maxSpecifiedCellHeight
= 0;
10005 wxArrayInt actualWidths
;
10006 actualWidths
.Add(0, m_colCount
);
10008 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
converter(dc
, scale
);
10009 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
10011 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
10012 if (cell
->IsShown())
10014 // Get max specified cell height
10015 // Don't handle percentages for height
10016 if (cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() != wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
10018 int h
= converter
.GetPixels(cell
->GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight());
10019 if (h
> maxSpecifiedCellHeight
)
10020 maxSpecifiedCellHeight
= h
;
10023 if (colWidths
[i
] > 0) // absolute or proportional width has been specified
10025 int colSpan
= cell
->GetColspan();
10026 wxRect availableCellSpace
;
10028 // Take into account spans
10031 // Calculate the size of this spanning cell from its constituent columns
10033 int spans
= wxMin(colSpan
, m_colCount
- i
);
10034 for (k
= i
; k
< (i
+spans
); k
++)
10038 xx
+= colWidths
[k
];
10040 availableCellSpace
= wxRect(x
, y
, xx
, -1);
10043 availableCellSpace
= wxRect(x
, y
, colWidths
[i
], -1);
10045 // Store actual width so we can force cell to be the appropriate width on the final loop
10046 actualWidths
[i
] = availableCellSpace
.GetWidth();
10048 // We now need to shift right by the width of any rowspanning cells above-left of us
10049 int deltaX
= GetRowspanDisplacement(this, j
, i
, paddingX
, colWidths
);
10050 availableCellSpace
.SetX(availableCellSpace
.GetX() + deltaX
);
10053 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
10054 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableCellSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
10056 // TODO: use GetCachedSize().x to compute 'natural' size
10058 x
+= (availableCellSpace
.GetWidth() + paddingX
);
10059 if ((cell
->GetCachedSize().y
> maxCellHeight
) && (cell
->GetRowspan() < 2))
10060 maxCellHeight
= cell
->GetCachedSize().y
;
10065 maxCellHeight
= wxMax(maxCellHeight
, maxSpecifiedCellHeight
);
10067 for (i
= 0; i
< m_colCount
; i
++)
10069 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(j
, i
);
10070 if (cell
->IsShown())
10072 wxRect availableCellSpace
= wxRect(cell
->GetPosition(), wxSize(actualWidths
[i
], maxCellHeight
));
10073 // Lay out cell with new height
10074 cell
->Invalidate(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
10075 cell
->Layout(dc
, context
, availableCellSpace
, availableSpace
, style
);
10077 // Make sure the cell size really is the appropriate size,
10078 // not the calculated box size
10079 cell
->SetCachedSize(wxSize(actualWidths
[i
], maxCellHeight
));
10081 maxRight
= wxMax(maxRight
, cell
->GetPosition().x
+ cell
->GetCachedSize().x
);
10085 y
+= maxCellHeight
;
10086 if (j
< (m_rowCount
-1))
10090 // Finally we need to expand any cell with rowspan > 1. We couldn't earlier; lower rows' heights weren't known
10091 ExpandCellsWithRowspan(this, paddingY
, y
, dc
, context
, availableSpace
, style
);
10093 // We need to add back the margins etc.
10095 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
10096 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0, 0), wxSize(maxRight
- availableSpace
.x
, y
- availableSpace
.y
));
10097 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
10098 SetCachedSize(marginRect
.GetSize());
10101 // TODO: calculate max size
10103 SetMaxSize(GetCachedSize());
10106 // TODO: calculate min size
10108 SetMinSize(GetCachedSize());
10111 // TODO: currently we use either a fixed table width or the parent's size.
10112 // We also want to be able to calculate the table width from its content,
10113 // whether using fixed column widths or cell content min/max width.
10114 // Probably need a boolean flag to say whether we need to stretch cells
10115 // to fit the table width, or to simply use min/max cell widths. The
10116 // trouble with this is that if cell widths are not specified, they
10117 // will be tiny; we could use arbitrary defaults but this seems unsatisfactory.
10118 // Anyway, ignoring that problem, we probably need to factor layout into a function
10119 // that can can calculate the maximum unconstrained layout in case table size is
10120 // not specified. Then LayoutToBestSize() can choose to use either parent size to
10121 // constrain Layout(), or the previously-calculated max size to constraint layout.
10126 // Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position
10127 bool wxRichTextTable::FindPosition(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, long index
, wxPoint
& pt
, int* height
, bool forceLineStart
)
10129 wxRichTextCell
* child
= GetCell(index
+1);
10132 // Find the position at the start of the child cell, since the table doesn't
10133 // have any caret position of its own.
10134 return child
->FindPosition(dc
, context
, -1, pt
, height
, forceLineStart
);
10140 // Get the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
10141 wxRichTextCell
* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(long pos
) const
10143 int row
= 0, col
= 0;
10144 if (GetCellRowColumnPosition(pos
, row
, col
))
10146 return GetCell(row
, col
);
10152 // Get the row/column for a given character position
10153 bool wxRichTextTable::GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos
, int& row
, int& col
) const
10155 if (m_colCount
== 0 || m_rowCount
== 0)
10158 row
= (int) (pos
/ m_colCount
);
10159 col
= pos
- (row
* m_colCount
);
10161 wxASSERT(row
< m_rowCount
&& col
< m_colCount
);
10163 if (row
< m_rowCount
&& col
< m_colCount
)
10169 // Calculate range, taking row/cell ordering into account instead of relying
10170 // on list ordering.
10171 void wxRichTextTable::CalculateRange(long start
, long& end
)
10173 long current
= start
;
10174 long lastEnd
= current
;
10183 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10185 for (j
= 0; j
< m_colCount
; j
++)
10187 wxRichTextCell
* child
= GetCell(i
, j
);
10192 child
->CalculateRange(current
, childEnd
);
10194 lastEnd
= childEnd
;
10195 current
= childEnd
+ 1;
10200 // A top-level object always has a range of size 1,
10201 // because its children don't count at this level.
10203 m_range
.SetRange(start
, start
);
10205 // An object with no children has zero length
10206 if (m_children
.GetCount() == 0)
10208 m_ownRange
.SetRange(0, lastEnd
);
10211 // Gets the range size.
10212 bool wxRichTextTable::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& descent
, wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int flags
, const wxPoint
& position
, const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
10214 return wxRichTextBox::GetRangeSize(range
, size
, descent
, dc
, context
, flags
, position
, parentSize
, partialExtents
);
10217 // Deletes content in the given range.
10218 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
))
10220 // TODO: implement deletion of cells
10224 // Gets any text in this object for the given range.
10225 wxString
wxRichTextTable::GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange
& range
) const
10227 return wxRichTextBox::GetTextForRange(range
);
10230 // Copies this object.
10231 void wxRichTextTable::Copy(const wxRichTextTable
& obj
)
10233 wxRichTextBox::Copy(obj
);
10237 m_rowCount
= obj
.m_rowCount
;
10238 m_colCount
= obj
.m_colCount
;
10240 m_cells
.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), m_rowCount
);
10243 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10245 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[i
];
10246 for (j
= 0; j
< m_colCount
; j
++)
10248 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= wxDynamicCast(obj
.GetCell(i
, j
)->Clone(), wxRichTextCell
);
10251 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10256 void wxRichTextTable::ClearTable()
10264 bool wxRichTextTable::CreateTable(int rows
, int cols
)
10271 m_cells
.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), rows
);
10274 for (i
= 0; i
< rows
; i
++)
10276 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[i
];
10277 for (j
= 0; j
< cols
; j
++)
10279 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= new wxRichTextCell
;
10281 cell
->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
10283 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10290 wxRichTextCell
* wxRichTextTable::GetCell(int row
, int col
) const
10292 wxASSERT(row
< m_rowCount
);
10293 wxASSERT(col
< m_colCount
);
10295 if (row
< m_rowCount
&& col
< m_colCount
)
10297 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[row
];
10298 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= colArray
[col
];
10299 return wxDynamicCast(obj
, wxRichTextCell
);
10305 // Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
10306 // For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
10307 wxRichTextSelection
wxRichTextTable::GetSelection(long start
, long end
) const
10309 wxRichTextSelection selection
;
10310 selection
.SetContainer((wxRichTextTable
*) this);
10319 wxASSERT( start
>= 0 && end
< (m_colCount
* m_rowCount
));
10321 if (end
>= (m_colCount
* m_rowCount
))
10324 // We need to find the rectangle of cells that is described by the rectangle
10325 // with start, end as the diagonal. Make sure we don't add cells that are
10326 // not currenty visible because they are overlapped by spanning cells.
10328 --------------------------
10329 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
10330 --------------------------
10331 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
10332 --------------------------
10333 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |
10334 --------------------------
10335 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 |
10336 --------------------------
10338 Let's say we select 6 -> 18.
10340 Left and right edge cols of rectangle are 1 and 3 inclusive. Find least/greatest to find
10341 which is left and which is right.
10343 Top and bottom edge rows are 1 and 3 inclusive. Again, find least/greatest to find top and bottom.
10345 Now go through rows from 1 to 3 and only add cells that are (a) within above column range
10351 int leftCol
= start
- m_colCount
* int(start
/m_colCount
);
10352 int rightCol
= end
- m_colCount
* int(end
/m_colCount
);
10354 int topRow
= int(start
/m_colCount
);
10355 int bottomRow
= int(end
/m_colCount
);
10357 if (leftCol
> rightCol
)
10359 int tmp
= rightCol
;
10360 rightCol
= leftCol
;
10364 if (topRow
> bottomRow
)
10366 int tmp
= bottomRow
;
10367 bottomRow
= topRow
;
10372 for (i
= topRow
; i
<= bottomRow
; i
++)
10374 for (j
= leftCol
; j
<= rightCol
; j
++)
10376 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= GetCell(i
, j
);
10377 if (cell
&& cell
->IsShown())
10378 selection
.Add(cell
->GetRange());
10385 // Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
10386 bool wxRichTextTable::SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, int flags
)
10388 if (selection
.GetContainer() != this)
10391 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10392 bool haveControl
= (buffer
&& buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl() != NULL
);
10393 bool withUndo
= haveControl
&& ((flags
& wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
) != 0);
10396 buffer
->BeginBatchUndo(_("Set Cell Style"));
10398 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_children
.GetFirst();
10401 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextCell
);
10402 if (cell
&& selection
.WithinSelection(cell
->GetRange().GetStart()))
10403 SetStyle(cell
, style
, flags
);
10404 node
= node
->GetNext();
10407 // Do action, or delay it until end of batch.
10409 buffer
->EndBatchUndo();
10414 wxPosition
wxRichTextTable::GetFocusedCell() const
10416 wxPosition
position(-1, -1);
10417 const wxRichTextObject
* focus
= GetBuffer()->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetFocusObject();
10419 for (int row
= 0; row
< GetRowCount(); ++row
)
10421 for (int col
= 0; col
< GetColumnCount(); ++col
)
10423 if (GetCell(row
, col
) == focus
)
10425 position
.SetRow(row
);
10426 position
.SetCol(col
);
10435 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteRows(int startRow
, int noRows
)
10437 wxASSERT((startRow
+ noRows
) <= m_rowCount
);
10438 if ((startRow
+ noRows
) > m_rowCount
)
10441 wxCHECK_MSG(noRows
!= m_rowCount
, false, "Trying to delete all the cells in a table");
10443 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10444 wxRichTextCtrl
* rtc
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl();
10446 wxPosition position
= GetFocusedCell();
10447 int focusCol
= position
.GetCol();
10448 int focusRow
= position
.GetRow();
10449 if (focusRow
>= startRow
&& focusRow
< (startRow
+noRows
))
10451 // Deleting a focused cell causes a segfault later when laying out, due to GetFocusedObject() returning an invalid object
10452 if ((startRow
+ noRows
) < m_rowCount
)
10454 // There are more rows after the one(s) to be deleted, so set focus in the first of them
10455 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(startRow
+ noRows
, focusCol
));
10459 // Otherwise set focus in the preceding row
10460 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(startRow
- 1, focusCol
));
10464 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10465 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10466 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10468 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10469 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10470 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10471 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Delete row"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, rtc
);
10472 action
->SetObject(this);
10473 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10477 for (i
= startRow
; i
< (startRow
+noRows
); i
++)
10479 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[startRow
];
10480 for (j
= 0; j
< (int) colArray
.GetCount(); j
++)
10482 wxRichTextObject
* cell
= colArray
[j
];
10483 RemoveChild(cell
, true);
10486 // Keep deleting at the same position, since we move all
10488 m_cells
.RemoveAt(startRow
);
10491 m_rowCount
= m_rowCount
- noRows
;
10493 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10495 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10496 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10497 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10503 bool wxRichTextTable::DeleteColumns(int startCol
, int noCols
)
10505 wxASSERT((startCol
+ noCols
) <= m_colCount
);
10506 if ((startCol
+ noCols
) > m_colCount
)
10509 wxCHECK_MSG(noCols
!= m_colCount
, false, "Trying to delete all the cells in a table");
10511 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10512 wxRichTextCtrl
* rtc
= buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl();
10514 wxPosition position
= GetFocusedCell();
10515 int focusCol
= position
.GetCol();
10516 int focusRow
= position
.GetRow();
10517 if (focusCol
>= startCol
&& focusCol
< (startCol
+noCols
))
10519 // Deleting a focused cell causes a segfault later when laying out, due to GetFocusedObject() returning an invalid object
10520 if ((startCol
+ noCols
) < m_colCount
)
10522 // There are more columns after the one(s) to be deleted, so set focus in the first of them
10523 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(focusRow
, startCol
+ noCols
));
10527 // Otherwise set focus in the preceding column
10528 rtc
->SetFocusObject(GetCell(focusRow
, startCol
- 1));
10532 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10533 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10534 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10536 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10537 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10538 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10539 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Delete column"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, rtc
);
10540 action
->SetObject(this);
10541 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10544 bool deleteRows
= (noCols
== m_colCount
);
10547 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10549 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[deleteRows
? 0 : i
];
10550 for (j
= 0; j
< noCols
; j
++)
10552 wxRichTextObject
* cell
= colArray
[startCol
];
10553 RemoveChild(cell
, true);
10554 colArray
.RemoveAt(startCol
);
10558 m_cells
.RemoveAt(0);
10563 m_colCount
= m_colCount
- noCols
;
10565 if (!rtc
->SuppressingUndo())
10567 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10568 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10569 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10575 bool wxRichTextTable::AddRows(int startRow
, int noRows
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
10577 wxASSERT(startRow
<= m_rowCount
);
10578 if (startRow
> m_rowCount
)
10581 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10582 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10583 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10584 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10586 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10587 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10588 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10589 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Add row"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
10590 action
->SetObject(this);
10591 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10595 for (i
= 0; i
< noRows
; i
++)
10598 if (startRow
== m_rowCount
)
10600 m_cells
.Add(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray());
10601 idx
= m_cells
.GetCount() - 1;
10605 m_cells
.Insert(wxRichTextObjectPtrArray(), startRow
+i
);
10609 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[idx
];
10610 for (j
= 0; j
< m_colCount
; j
++)
10612 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= new wxRichTextCell
;
10613 cell
->GetAttributes() = attr
;
10616 cell
->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
10617 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10621 m_rowCount
= m_rowCount
+ noRows
;
10623 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10625 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10626 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10627 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10633 bool wxRichTextTable::AddColumns(int startCol
, int noCols
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
10635 wxASSERT(startCol
<= m_colCount
);
10636 if (startCol
> m_colCount
)
10639 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
10640 wxRichTextAction
* action
= NULL
;
10641 wxRichTextTable
* clone
= NULL
;
10642 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10644 // Create a clone containing the current state of the table. It will be used to Undo the action
10645 clone
= wxStaticCast(this->Clone(), wxRichTextTable
);
10646 clone
->SetParent(GetParent());
10647 action
= new wxRichTextAction(NULL
, _("Add column"), wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
, buffer
, this, buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl());
10648 action
->SetObject(this);
10649 action
->SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10653 for (i
= 0; i
< m_rowCount
; i
++)
10655 wxRichTextObjectPtrArray
& colArray
= m_cells
[i
];
10656 for (j
= 0; j
< noCols
; j
++)
10658 wxRichTextCell
* cell
= new wxRichTextCell
;
10659 cell
->GetAttributes() = attr
;
10662 cell
->AddParagraph(wxEmptyString
);
10664 if (startCol
== m_colCount
)
10665 colArray
.Add(cell
);
10667 colArray
.Insert(cell
, startCol
+j
);
10671 m_colCount
= m_colCount
+ noCols
;
10673 if (!buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->SuppressingUndo())
10675 buffer
->SubmitAction(action
);
10676 // Finally store the original-state clone; doing so earlier would cause various failures
10677 action
->StoreObject(clone
);
10683 // Edit properties via a GUI
10684 bool wxRichTextTable::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
10686 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
boxDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, _("Table Properties"));
10687 boxDlg
.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
10689 if (boxDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
10691 boxDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
10699 * Module to initialise and clean up handlers
10702 class wxRichTextModule
: public wxModule
10704 DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule
)
10706 wxRichTextModule() {}
10709 wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(new wxRichTextStdRenderer
);
10710 wxRichTextBuffer::InitStandardHandlers();
10711 wxRichTextParagraph::InitDefaultTabs();
10713 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("text"), wxT("wxRichTextPlainText"));
10714 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("symbol"), wxT("wxRichTextPlainText"));
10715 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("image"), wxT("wxRichTextImage"));
10716 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("paragraph"), wxT("wxRichTextParagraph"));
10717 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("paragraphlayout"), wxT("wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox"));
10718 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("textbox"), wxT("wxRichTextBox"));
10719 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("cell"), wxT("wxRichTextCell"));
10720 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("table"), wxT("wxRichTextTable"));
10721 wxRichTextXMLHandler::RegisterNodeName(wxT("field"), wxT("wxRichTextField"));
10727 wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpHandlers();
10728 wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpDrawingHandlers();
10729 wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpFieldTypes();
10730 wxRichTextXMLHandler::ClearNodeToClassMap();
10731 wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(-1);
10732 wxRichTextParagraph::ClearDefaultTabs();
10733 wxRichTextCtrl::ClearAvailableFontNames();
10734 wxRichTextBuffer::SetRenderer(NULL
);
10738 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextModule
, wxModule
)
10741 // If the richtext lib is dynamically loaded after the app has already started
10742 // (such as from wxPython) then the built-in module system will not init this
10743 // module. Provide this function to do it manually.
10744 void wxRichTextModuleInit()
10746 wxModule
* module = new wxRichTextModule
;
10747 wxModule::RegisterModule(module);
10748 wxModule::InitializeModules();
10753 * Commands for undo/redo
10757 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString
& name
, wxRichTextCommandId id
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
,
10758 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
, wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, bool ignoreFirstTime
): wxCommand(true, name
)
10760 /* wxRichTextAction* action = */ new wxRichTextAction(this, name
, id
, buffer
, container
, ctrl
, ignoreFirstTime
);
10763 wxRichTextCommand::wxRichTextCommand(const wxString
& name
): wxCommand(true, name
)
10767 wxRichTextCommand::~wxRichTextCommand()
10772 void wxRichTextCommand::AddAction(wxRichTextAction
* action
)
10774 if (!m_actions
.Member(action
))
10775 m_actions
.Append(action
);
10778 bool wxRichTextCommand::Do()
10780 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_actions
.GetFirst(); node
; node
= node
->GetNext())
10782 wxRichTextAction
* action
= (wxRichTextAction
*) node
->GetData();
10789 bool wxRichTextCommand::Undo()
10791 for (wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_actions
.GetLast(); node
; node
= node
->GetPrevious())
10793 wxRichTextAction
* action
= (wxRichTextAction
*) node
->GetData();
10800 void wxRichTextCommand::ClearActions()
10802 WX_CLEAR_LIST(wxList
, m_actions
);
10806 * Individual action
10810 wxRichTextAction::wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand
* cmd
, const wxString
& name
, wxRichTextCommandId id
,
10811 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
,
10812 wxRichTextCtrl
* ctrl
, bool ignoreFirstTime
)
10816 m_containerAddress
.Create(buffer
, container
);
10817 m_ignoreThis
= ignoreFirstTime
;
10822 m_newParagraphs
.SetDefaultStyle(buffer
->GetDefaultStyle());
10823 m_newParagraphs
.SetBasicStyle(buffer
->GetBasicStyle());
10825 cmd
->AddAction(this);
10828 wxRichTextAction::~wxRichTextAction()
10834 // Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
10835 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* wxRichTextAction::GetContainer() const
10837 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= wxDynamicCast(GetContainerAddress().GetObject(m_buffer
), wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
);
10842 void wxRichTextAction::CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt
& optimizationLineCharPositions
, wxArrayInt
& optimizationLineYPositions
)
10844 // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
10845 // we need to refresh
10847 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10848 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
10849 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
10853 // NOTE: we're assuming that the buffer is laid out correctly at this point.
10854 // If we had several actions, which only invalidate and leave layout until the
10855 // paint handler is called, then this might not be true. So we may need to switch
10856 // optimisation on only when we're simply adding text and not simultaneously
10857 // deleting a selection, for example. Or, we make sure the buffer is laid out correctly
10858 // first, but of course this means we'll be doing it twice.
10859 if (!m_buffer
->IsDirty() && m_ctrl
) // can only do optimisation if the buffer is already laid out correctly
10861 wxSize clientSize
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledSize(m_ctrl
->GetClientSize());
10862 wxPoint firstVisiblePt
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledPoint(m_ctrl
->GetFirstVisiblePoint());
10863 int lastY
= firstVisiblePt
.y
+ clientSize
.y
;
10865 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= container
->GetParagraphAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10866 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= container
->GetChildren().Find(para
);
10869 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= (wxRichTextParagraph
*) node
->GetData();
10870 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
10873 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
10874 wxPoint pt
= line
->GetAbsolutePosition();
10875 wxRichTextRange range
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
10879 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
10880 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
10882 else if (range
.GetStart() > GetPosition() && pt
.y
>= firstVisiblePt
.y
)
10884 optimizationLineCharPositions
.Add(range
.GetStart());
10885 optimizationLineYPositions
.Add(pt
.y
);
10889 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
10893 node
= node
->GetNext();
10899 bool wxRichTextAction::Do()
10901 m_buffer
->Modify(true);
10903 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
10904 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
10910 case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
:
10912 // Store a list of line start character and y positions so we can figure out which area
10913 // we need to refresh
10914 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
10915 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
10917 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10918 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
10921 container
->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_newParagraphs
);
10922 container
->UpdateRanges();
10924 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10925 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10926 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(wxMax(0, GetRange().GetStart()-1), GetRange().GetEnd()));
10928 long newCaretPosition
= GetPosition() + m_newParagraphs
.GetOwnRange().GetLength();
10930 // Character position to caret position
10931 newCaretPosition
--;
10933 // Don't take into account the last newline
10934 if (m_newParagraphs
.GetPartialParagraph())
10935 newCaretPosition
--;
10937 if (m_newParagraphs
.GetChildren().GetCount() > 1)
10939 wxRichTextObject
* p
= (wxRichTextObject
*) m_newParagraphs
.GetChildren().GetLast()->GetData();
10940 if (p
->GetRange().GetLength() == 1)
10941 newCaretPosition
--;
10944 newCaretPosition
= wxMin(newCaretPosition
, (container
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()-1));
10946 UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition
, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, true /* do */);
10948 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10949 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED
,
10950 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10951 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10952 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10953 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10954 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10956 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
10960 case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
:
10962 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
10963 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
10965 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
10966 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
10969 container
->DeleteRange(GetRange());
10970 container
->UpdateRanges();
10971 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
10972 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
10973 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
10975 long caretPos
= GetRange().GetStart()-1;
10976 if (caretPos
>= container
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd())
10979 UpdateAppearance(caretPos
, true /* send update event */, & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, true /* do */);
10981 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
10982 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED
,
10983 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
10984 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
10985 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
10986 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
10987 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
10989 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
10993 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
:
10994 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES
:
10996 ApplyParagraphs(GetNewParagraphs());
10998 // Invalidate the whole buffer if there were floating objects
10999 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0)
11000 m_buffer
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
11003 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
11004 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
11005 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
11008 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
11010 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
11011 m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
? wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED
: wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED
,
11012 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
11013 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
11014 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
11015 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
11016 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
11018 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
11022 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES
:
11024 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= m_objectAddress
.GetObject(m_buffer
); // container->GetChildAtPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
11027 wxRichTextAttr oldAttr
= obj
->GetAttributes();
11028 obj
->GetAttributes() = m_attributes
;
11029 m_attributes
= oldAttr
;
11032 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
11033 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
11034 // Invalidate the whole buffer if there were floating objects
11035 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0)
11036 m_buffer
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
11038 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
11040 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
11042 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
11043 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED
,
11044 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
11045 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
11046 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
11047 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
11048 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
11050 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
11054 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
:
11056 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= m_objectAddress
.GetObject(m_buffer
);
11057 if (obj
&& m_object
&& m_ctrl
)
11059 // The plan is to swap the current object with the stored, previous-state, clone
11060 // We can't get 'node' from the containing buffer (as it doesn't directly store objects)
11061 // so use the parent paragraph
11062 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(obj
->GetParent(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
11063 wxCHECK_MSG(para
, false, "Invalid parent paragraph");
11065 // The stored object, m_object, may have a stale parent paragraph. This would cause
11066 // a crash during layout, so use obj's parent para, which should be the correct one.
11067 // (An alternative would be to return the parent too from m_objectAddress.GetObject(),
11068 // or to set obj's parent there before returning)
11069 m_object
->SetParent(para
);
11071 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= para
->GetChildren().Find(obj
);
11074 wxRichTextObject
* obj
= node
->GetData();
11075 node
->SetData(m_object
);
11080 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
11081 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
11082 // Invalidate the whole buffer if there were floating objects
11083 if (wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0)
11084 m_buffer
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRICHTEXT_ALL
);
11086 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
11088 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
11090 // TODO: send new kind of modification event
11101 bool wxRichTextAction::Undo()
11103 m_buffer
->Modify(true);
11105 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
11106 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
11112 case wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
:
11114 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
11115 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
11117 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
11118 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
11121 container
->DeleteRange(GetRange());
11122 container
->UpdateRanges();
11124 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
11125 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
11126 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(wxRichTextRange(GetRange().GetStart(), GetRange().GetStart()));
11128 long newCaretPosition
= GetPosition() - 1;
11130 UpdateAppearance(newCaretPosition
, true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, false /* undo */);
11132 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
11133 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_DELETED
,
11134 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
11135 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
11136 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
11137 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
11138 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
11140 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
11144 case wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
:
11146 wxArrayInt optimizationLineCharPositions
;
11147 wxArrayInt optimizationLineYPositions
;
11149 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
11150 CalculateRefreshOptimizations(optimizationLineCharPositions
, optimizationLineYPositions
);
11153 container
->InsertFragment(GetRange().GetStart(), m_oldParagraphs
);
11154 container
->UpdateRanges();
11156 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
11157 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
11158 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
11160 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition(), true, /* send update event */ & optimizationLineCharPositions
, & optimizationLineYPositions
, false /* undo */);
11162 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
11163 wxEVT_RICHTEXT_CONTENT_INSERTED
,
11164 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
11165 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
11166 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
11167 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
11168 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
11170 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
11174 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
:
11175 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_PROPERTIES
:
11177 ApplyParagraphs(GetOldParagraphs());
11178 // InvalidateHierarchy goes up the hierarchy as well as down, otherwise with a nested object,
11179 // Layout() would stop prematurely at the top level.
11180 container
->InvalidateHierarchy(GetRange());
11182 UpdateAppearance(GetPosition());
11184 wxRichTextEvent
cmdEvent(
11185 m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE
? wxEVT_RICHTEXT_STYLE_CHANGED
: wxEVT_RICHTEXT_PROPERTIES_CHANGED
,
11186 m_ctrl
? m_ctrl
->GetId() : -1);
11187 cmdEvent
.SetEventObject(m_ctrl
? (wxObject
*) m_ctrl
: (wxObject
*) m_buffer
);
11188 cmdEvent
.SetRange(GetRange());
11189 cmdEvent
.SetPosition(GetRange().GetStart());
11190 cmdEvent
.SetContainer(container
);
11192 m_buffer
->SendEvent(cmdEvent
);
11196 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES
:
11197 case wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
:
11208 /// Update the control appearance
11209 void wxRichTextAction::UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition
, bool sendUpdateEvent
, wxArrayInt
* optimizationLineCharPositions
, wxArrayInt
* optimizationLineYPositions
, bool isDoCmd
)
11211 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
11212 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
11218 m_ctrl
->SetFocusObject(container
);
11219 m_ctrl
->SetCaretPosition(caretPosition
);
11221 if (!m_ctrl
->IsFrozen())
11223 wxRect containerRect
= container
->GetRect();
11225 m_ctrl
->LayoutContent();
11227 // Refresh everything if there were floating objects or the container changed size
11228 // (we can't yet optimize in these cases, since more complex interaction with other content occurs)
11229 if ((wxRichTextBuffer::GetFloatingLayoutMode() && container
->GetFloatingObjectCount() > 0) || (container
->GetParent() && containerRect
!= container
->GetRect()))
11231 m_ctrl
->Refresh(false);
11235 #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_DRAWING
11236 // Find refresh rectangle if we are in a position to optimise refresh
11237 if ((m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
|| m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
) && optimizationLineCharPositions
)
11241 wxSize clientSize
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledSize(m_ctrl
->GetClientSize());
11242 wxPoint firstVisiblePt
= m_ctrl
->GetUnscaledPoint(m_ctrl
->GetFirstVisiblePoint());
11244 // Start/end positions
11246 int lastY
= firstVisiblePt
.y
+ clientSize
.y
;
11248 bool foundEnd
= false;
11250 // position offset - how many characters were inserted
11251 int positionOffset
= GetRange().GetLength();
11253 // Determine whether this is Do or Undo, and adjust positionOffset accordingly
11254 if ((m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_DELETE
&& isDoCmd
) || (m_cmdId
== wxRICHTEXT_INSERT
&& !isDoCmd
))
11255 positionOffset
= - positionOffset
;
11257 // find the first line which is being drawn at the same position as it was
11258 // before. Since we're talking about a simple insertion, we can assume
11259 // that the rest of the window does not need to be redrawn.
11260 long pos
= GetRange().GetStart();
11262 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= container
->GetParagraphAtPosition(pos
, false /* is not caret pos */);
11263 // Since we support floating layout, we should redraw the whole para instead of just
11264 // the first line touching the invalid range.
11267 // In case something was drawn above the paragraph,
11268 // such as a line break, allow a little extra.
11269 firstY
= para
->GetPosition().y
- 4;
11272 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= container
->GetChildren().Find(para
);
11275 wxRichTextParagraph
* child
= (wxRichTextParagraph
*) node
->GetData();
11276 wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator node2
= child
->GetLines().GetFirst();
11279 wxRichTextLine
* line
= node2
->GetData();
11280 wxPoint pt
= line
->GetAbsolutePosition();
11281 wxRichTextRange range
= line
->GetAbsoluteRange();
11283 // we want to find the first line that is in the same position
11284 // as before. This will mean we're at the end of the changed text.
11286 if (pt
.y
> lastY
) // going past the end of the window, no more info
11288 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
11289 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
11291 // Detect last line in the buffer
11292 else if (!node2
->GetNext() && para
->GetRange().Contains(container
->GetOwnRange().GetEnd()))
11294 // If deleting text, make sure we refresh below as well as above
11295 if (positionOffset
>= 0)
11298 lastY
= pt
.y
+ line
->GetSize().y
;
11301 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
11302 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
11308 // search for this line being at the same position as before
11309 for (i
= 0; i
< optimizationLineCharPositions
->GetCount(); i
++)
11311 if (((*optimizationLineCharPositions
)[i
] + positionOffset
== range
.GetStart()) &&
11312 ((*optimizationLineYPositions
)[i
] == pt
.y
))
11314 // Stop, we're now the same as we were
11317 lastY
= pt
.y
+ line
->GetSize().y
;
11319 node2
= wxRichTextLineList::compatibility_iterator();
11320 node
= wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator();
11328 node2
= node2
->GetNext();
11332 node
= node
->GetNext();
11335 firstY
= wxMax(firstVisiblePt
.y
, firstY
);
11337 lastY
= firstVisiblePt
.y
+ clientSize
.y
;
11339 // Convert to device coordinates
11340 wxRect
rect(m_ctrl
->GetPhysicalPoint(m_ctrl
->GetScaledPoint(wxPoint(firstVisiblePt
.x
, firstY
))), m_ctrl
->GetScaledSize(wxSize(clientSize
.x
, lastY
- firstY
)));
11341 m_ctrl
->RefreshRect(rect
);
11345 m_ctrl
->Refresh(false);
11347 m_ctrl
->PositionCaret();
11349 // This causes styles to persist when doing programmatic
11350 // content creation except when Freeze/Thaw is used, so
11351 // disable this and check for the consequences.
11352 // m_ctrl->SetDefaultStyleToCursorStyle();
11354 if (sendUpdateEvent
)
11355 wxTextCtrl::SendTextUpdatedEvent(m_ctrl
);
11360 /// Replace the buffer paragraphs with the new ones.
11361 void wxRichTextAction::ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
& fragment
)
11363 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= GetContainer();
11364 wxASSERT(container
!= NULL
);
11368 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator node
= fragment
.GetChildren().GetFirst();
11371 wxRichTextParagraph
* para
= wxDynamicCast(node
->GetData(), wxRichTextParagraph
);
11372 wxASSERT (para
!= NULL
);
11374 // We'll replace the existing paragraph by finding the paragraph at this position,
11375 // delete its node data, and setting a copy as the new node data.
11376 // TODO: make more efficient by simply swapping old and new paragraph objects.
11378 wxRichTextParagraph
* existingPara
= container
->GetParagraphAtPosition(para
->GetRange().GetStart());
11381 wxRichTextObjectList::compatibility_iterator bufferParaNode
= container
->GetChildren().Find(existingPara
);
11382 if (bufferParaNode
)
11384 wxRichTextParagraph
* newPara
= new wxRichTextParagraph(*para
);
11385 newPara
->SetParent(container
);
11387 bufferParaNode
->SetData(newPara
);
11389 delete existingPara
;
11393 node
= node
->GetNext();
11400 * This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
11403 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextRangeArray
);
11405 /// Limit this range to be within 'range'
11406 bool wxRichTextRange::LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange
& range
)
11408 if (m_start
< range
.m_start
)
11409 m_start
= range
.m_start
;
11411 if (m_end
> range
.m_end
)
11412 m_end
= range
.m_end
;
11418 * wxRichTextImage implementation
11419 * This object represents an image.
11422 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextImage
, wxRichTextObject
)
11424 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxImage
& image
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* charStyle
):
11425 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
11428 m_imageBlock
.MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(image
, wxBITMAP_TYPE_PNG
);
11430 SetAttributes(*charStyle
);
11433 wxRichTextImage::wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& imageBlock
, wxRichTextObject
* parent
, wxRichTextAttr
* charStyle
):
11434 wxRichTextObject(parent
)
11437 m_imageBlock
= imageBlock
;
11439 SetAttributes(*charStyle
);
11442 wxRichTextImage::~wxRichTextImage()
11446 void wxRichTextImage::Init()
11448 m_originalImageSize
= wxSize(-1, -1);
11451 /// Create a cached image at the required size
11452 bool wxRichTextImage::LoadImageCache(wxDC
& dc
, bool resetCache
, const wxSize
& parentSize
)
11454 if (!m_imageBlock
.IsOk())
11457 // If we have an original image size, use that to compute the cached bitmap size
11458 // instead of loading the image each time. This way we can avoid loading
11459 // the image so long as the new cached bitmap size hasn't changed.
11462 if (resetCache
|| m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth() <= 0 || m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight() <= 0)
11464 m_imageCache
= wxNullBitmap
;
11466 m_imageBlock
.Load(image
);
11470 m_originalImageSize
= wxSize(image
.GetWidth(), image
.GetHeight());
11473 int width
= m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth();
11474 int height
= m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight();
11476 int parentWidth
= 0;
11477 int parentHeight
= 0;
11480 int maxHeight
= -1;
11482 wxSize sz
= parentSize
;
11483 if (sz
== wxDefaultSize
)
11485 if (GetParent() && GetParent()->GetParent())
11486 sz
= GetParent()->GetParent()->GetCachedSize();
11489 if (sz
!= wxDefaultSize
)
11491 wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
= GetBuffer();
11494 // Find the actual space available when margin is taken into account
11495 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11496 marginRect
= wxRect(0, 0, sz
.x
, sz
.y
);
11497 if (GetParent() && GetParent()->GetParent())
11499 buffer
->GetBoxRects(dc
, buffer
, GetParent()->GetParent()->GetAttributes(), marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11500 sz
= contentRect
.GetSize();
11503 // Use a minimum size to stop images becoming very small
11504 parentWidth
= wxMax(100, sz
.GetWidth());
11505 parentHeight
= wxMax(100, sz
.GetHeight());
11507 if (buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
11508 // Start with a maximum width of the control size, even if not specified by the content,
11509 // to minimize the amount of picture overlapping the right-hand side
11510 maxWidth
= parentWidth
;
11514 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue() > 0)
11516 if (parentWidth
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11517 width
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue() * parentWidth
)/100.0);
11518 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11519 width
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue());
11520 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11521 width
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetWidth().GetValue();
11524 // Limit to max width
11526 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue() > 0)
11530 if (parentWidth
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11531 mw
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue() * parentWidth
)/100.0);
11532 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11533 mw
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue());
11534 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11535 mw
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetWidth().GetValue();
11537 // If we already have a smaller max width due to the constraints of the control size,
11538 // don't use the larger max width.
11539 if (mw
!= -1 && ((maxWidth
== -1) || (mw
< maxWidth
)))
11543 if (maxWidth
> 0 && width
> maxWidth
)
11546 // Preserve the aspect ratio
11547 if (width
!= m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth())
11548 height
= (int) (float(m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight()) * (float(width
)/float(m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth())));
11550 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue() > 0)
11552 if (parentHeight
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11553 height
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue() * parentHeight
)/100.0);
11554 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11555 height
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue());
11556 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11557 height
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetHeight().GetValue();
11559 // Preserve the aspect ratio
11560 if (height
!= m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())
11561 width
= (int) (float(m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth()) * (float(height
)/float(m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())));
11564 // Limit to max height
11566 if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().IsValid() && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue() > 0)
11568 if (parentHeight
> 0 && GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
11569 maxHeight
= (int) ((GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue() * parentHeight
)/100.0);
11570 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
11571 maxHeight
= ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dc
, GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue());
11572 else if (GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
11573 maxHeight
= GetAttributes().GetTextBoxAttr().GetMaxSize().GetHeight().GetValue();
11576 if (maxHeight
> 0 && height
> maxHeight
)
11578 height
= maxHeight
;
11580 // Preserve the aspect ratio
11581 if (height
!= m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())
11582 width
= (int) (float(m_originalImageSize
.GetWidth()) * (float(height
)/float(m_originalImageSize
.GetHeight())));
11585 // Prevent the use of zero size
11586 width
= wxMax(1, width
);
11587 height
= wxMax(1, height
);
11589 if (m_imageCache
.IsOk() && m_imageCache
.GetWidth() == width
&& m_imageCache
.GetHeight() == height
)
11591 // Do nothing, we didn't need to change the image cache
11597 m_imageBlock
.Load(image
);
11602 if (image
.GetWidth() == width
&& image
.GetHeight() == height
)
11603 m_imageCache
= wxBitmap(image
);
11606 // If the original width and height is small, e.g. 400 or below,
11607 // scale up and then down to improve image quality. This can make
11608 // a big difference, with not much performance hit.
11609 int upscaleThreshold
= 400;
11611 if (image
.GetWidth() <= upscaleThreshold
|| image
.GetHeight() <= upscaleThreshold
)
11613 img
= image
.Scale(image
.GetWidth()*2, image
.GetHeight()*2);
11614 img
.Rescale(width
, height
, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
);
11617 img
= image
.Scale(width
, height
, wxIMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
);
11618 m_imageCache
= wxBitmap(img
);
11622 return m_imageCache
.IsOk();
11626 bool wxRichTextImage::Draw(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRichTextRange
& WXUNUSED(range
), const wxRichTextSelection
& selection
, const wxRect
& rect
, int WXUNUSED(descent
), int WXUNUSED(style
))
11631 // Don't need cached size AFAIK
11632 // wxSize size = GetCachedSize();
11633 if (!LoadImageCache(dc
))
11636 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
11637 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
11639 DrawBoxAttributes(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, wxRect(rect
.GetPosition(), GetCachedSize()));
11641 wxSize
imageSize(m_imageCache
.GetWidth(), m_imageCache
.GetHeight());
11642 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11643 marginRect
= rect
; // outer rectangle, will calculate contentRect
11644 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11646 dc
.DrawBitmap(m_imageCache
, contentRect
.x
, contentRect
.y
, true);
11648 if (selection
.WithinSelection(GetRange().GetStart(), this))
11650 wxCheckSetBrush(dc
, *wxBLACK_BRUSH
);
11651 wxCheckSetPen(dc
, *wxBLACK_PEN
);
11652 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT
);
11653 dc
.DrawRectangle(contentRect
);
11654 dc
.SetLogicalFunction(wxCOPY
);
11660 /// Lay the item out
11661 bool wxRichTextImage::Layout(wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, const wxRect
& rect
, const wxRect
& WXUNUSED(parentRect
), int WXUNUSED(style
))
11663 if (!LoadImageCache(dc
))
11666 wxSize
imageSize(m_imageCache
.GetWidth(), m_imageCache
.GetHeight());
11667 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11668 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize
);
11670 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
11671 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, this);
11673 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11675 wxSize overallSize
= marginRect
.GetSize();
11677 SetCachedSize(overallSize
);
11678 SetMaxSize(overallSize
);
11679 SetMinSize(overallSize
);
11680 SetPosition(rect
.GetPosition());
11685 /// Get/set the object size for the given range. Returns false if the range
11686 /// is invalid for this object.
11687 bool wxRichTextImage::GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, wxSize
& size
, int& WXUNUSED(descent
), wxDC
& dc
, wxRichTextDrawingContext
& context
, int WXUNUSED(flags
), const wxPoint
& WXUNUSED(position
), const wxSize
& parentSize
, wxArrayInt
* partialExtents
) const
11689 if (!range
.IsWithin(GetRange()))
11692 if (!((wxRichTextImage
*)this)->LoadImageCache(dc
, false, parentSize
))
11694 size
.x
= 0; size
.y
= 0;
11695 if (partialExtents
)
11696 partialExtents
->Add(0);
11700 wxRichTextAttr
attr(GetAttributes());
11701 context
.ApplyVirtualAttributes(attr
, (wxRichTextObject
*) this);
11703 wxSize
imageSize(m_imageCache
.GetWidth(), m_imageCache
.GetHeight());
11704 wxRect marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
;
11705 contentRect
= wxRect(wxPoint(0,0), imageSize
);
11706 GetBoxRects(dc
, GetBuffer(), attr
, marginRect
, borderRect
, contentRect
, paddingRect
, outlineRect
);
11708 wxSize overallSize
= marginRect
.GetSize();
11710 if (partialExtents
)
11711 partialExtents
->Add(overallSize
.x
);
11713 size
= overallSize
;
11718 // Get the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
11720 wxTextAttrSize
wxRichTextImage::GetNaturalSize() const
11722 wxTextAttrSize size
;
11723 if (GetImageCache().IsOk())
11725 size
.SetWidth(GetImageCache().GetWidth(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
11726 size
.SetHeight(GetImageCache().GetHeight(), wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
);
11733 void wxRichTextImage::Copy(const wxRichTextImage
& obj
)
11735 wxRichTextObject::Copy(obj
);
11737 m_imageBlock
= obj
.m_imageBlock
;
11738 m_originalImageSize
= obj
.m_originalImageSize
;
11741 /// Edit properties via a GUI
11742 bool wxRichTextImage::EditProperties(wxWindow
* parent
, wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
11744 wxRichTextObjectPropertiesDialog
imageDlg(this, wxGetTopLevelParent(parent
), wxID_ANY
, _("Picture Properties"));
11745 imageDlg
.SetAttributes(GetAttributes());
11747 if (imageDlg
.ShowModal() == wxID_OK
)
11749 // By passing wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET, indeterminate attributes set by the user will be set as
11750 // indeterminate in the object.
11751 imageDlg
.ApplyStyle(buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl(), wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO
|wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET
);
11763 /// Compare two attribute objects
11764 bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr1
, const wxRichTextAttr
& attr2
)
11766 return (attr1
== attr2
);
11770 bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt
& tabs1
, const wxArrayInt
& tabs2
)
11772 if (tabs1
.GetCount() != tabs2
.GetCount())
11776 for (i
= 0; i
< tabs1
.GetCount(); i
++)
11778 if (tabs1
[i
] != tabs2
[i
])
11784 bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr
& destStyle
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, wxRichTextAttr
* compareWith
)
11786 return destStyle
.Apply(style
, compareWith
);
11789 // Remove attributes
11790 bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr
& destStyle
, const wxRichTextAttr
& style
)
11792 return destStyle
.RemoveStyle(style
);
11795 /// Combine two bitlists, specifying the bits of interest with separate flags.
11796 bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA
, int valueB
, int& flagsA
, int flagsB
)
11798 return wxRichTextAttr::CombineBitlists(valueA
, valueB
, flagsA
, flagsB
);
11801 /// Compare two bitlists
11802 bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA
, int valueB
, int flags
)
11804 return wxRichTextAttr::BitlistsEqPartial(valueA
, valueB
, flags
);
11807 /// Split into paragraph and character styles
11808 bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, wxRichTextAttr
& parStyle
, wxRichTextAttr
& charStyle
)
11810 return wxRichTextAttr::SplitParaCharStyles(style
, parStyle
, charStyle
);
11813 /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
11814 wxString
wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n
)
11816 static wxArrayInt decimalNumbers
;
11817 static wxArrayString romanNumbers
;
11822 decimalNumbers
.Clear();
11823 romanNumbers
.Clear();
11824 return wxEmptyString
;
11827 if (decimalNumbers
.GetCount() == 0)
11829 #define wxRichTextAddDecRom(n, r) decimalNumbers.Add(n); romanNumbers.Add(r);
11831 wxRichTextAddDecRom(1000, wxT("M"));
11832 wxRichTextAddDecRom(900, wxT("CM"));
11833 wxRichTextAddDecRom(500, wxT("D"));
11834 wxRichTextAddDecRom(400, wxT("CD"));
11835 wxRichTextAddDecRom(100, wxT("C"));
11836 wxRichTextAddDecRom(90, wxT("XC"));
11837 wxRichTextAddDecRom(50, wxT("L"));
11838 wxRichTextAddDecRom(40, wxT("XL"));
11839 wxRichTextAddDecRom(10, wxT("X"));
11840 wxRichTextAddDecRom(9, wxT("IX"));
11841 wxRichTextAddDecRom(5, wxT("V"));
11842 wxRichTextAddDecRom(4, wxT("IV"));
11843 wxRichTextAddDecRom(1, wxT("I"));
11849 while (n
> 0 && i
< 13)
11851 if (n
>= decimalNumbers
[i
])
11853 n
-= decimalNumbers
[i
];
11854 roman
+= romanNumbers
[i
];
11861 if (roman
.IsEmpty())
11867 * wxRichTextFileHandler
11868 * Base class for file handlers
11871 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextFileHandler
, wxObject
)
11873 #if wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
11874 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, const wxString
& filename
)
11876 wxFFileInputStream
stream(filename
);
11878 return LoadFile(buffer
, stream
);
11883 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, const wxString
& filename
)
11885 wxFFileOutputStream
stream(filename
);
11887 return SaveFile(buffer
, stream
);
11891 #endif // wxUSE_FFILE && wxUSE_STREAMS
11893 /// Can we handle this filename (if using files)? By default, checks the extension.
11894 bool wxRichTextFileHandler::CanHandle(const wxString
& filename
) const
11896 wxString path
, file
, ext
;
11897 wxFileName::SplitPath(filename
, & path
, & file
, & ext
);
11899 return (ext
.Lower() == GetExtension());
11903 * wxRichTextTextHandler
11904 * Plain text handler
11907 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
, wxRichTextFileHandler
)
11910 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, wxInputStream
& stream
)
11912 if (!stream
.IsOk())
11918 while (!stream
.Eof())
11920 int ch
= stream
.GetC();
11924 if (ch
== 10 && lastCh
!= 13)
11927 if (ch
> 0 && ch
!= 10)
11934 buffer
->ResetAndClearCommands();
11936 buffer
->AddParagraphs(str
);
11937 buffer
->UpdateRanges();
11942 bool wxRichTextPlainTextHandler::DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer
*buffer
, wxOutputStream
& stream
)
11944 if (!stream
.IsOk())
11947 wxString text
= buffer
->GetText();
11949 wxString newLine
= wxRichTextLineBreakChar
;
11950 text
.Replace(newLine
, wxT("\n"));
11952 wxCharBuffer buf
= text
.ToAscii();
11954 stream
.Write((const char*) buf
, text
.length());
11957 #endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
11960 * Stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form
11963 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock()
11968 wxRichTextImageBlock::wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& block
):wxObject()
11974 wxRichTextImageBlock::~wxRichTextImageBlock()
11979 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Init()
11983 m_imageType
= wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
;
11986 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Clear()
11990 m_imageType
= wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
;
11994 // Load the original image into a memory block.
11995 // If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
11996 // to conserve space.
11997 // If it's not a JPEG we can make use of 'image', already scaled, so we don't have to
11998 // load the image a 2nd time.
12000 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(const wxString
& filename
, wxBitmapType imageType
,
12001 wxImage
& image
, bool convertToJPEG
)
12003 m_imageType
= imageType
;
12005 wxString
filenameToRead(filename
);
12006 bool removeFile
= false;
12008 if (imageType
== wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
)
12009 return false; // Could not determine image type
12011 if ((imageType
!= wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
) && convertToJPEG
)
12013 wxString tempFile
=
12014 wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
12016 wxASSERT(!tempFile
.IsEmpty());
12018 image
.SaveFile(tempFile
, wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
);
12019 filenameToRead
= tempFile
;
12022 m_imageType
= wxBITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
;
12025 if (!file
.Open(filenameToRead
))
12028 m_dataSize
= (size_t) file
.Length();
12033 m_data
= ReadBlock(filenameToRead
, m_dataSize
);
12036 wxRemoveFile(filenameToRead
);
12038 return (m_data
!= NULL
);
12041 // Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
12043 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlock(wxImage
& image
, wxBitmapType imageType
, int quality
)
12045 image
.SetOption(wxT("quality"), quality
);
12047 if (imageType
== wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
)
12048 return false; // Could not determine image type
12050 return DoMakeImageBlock(image
, imageType
);
12053 // Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
12054 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage
& image
, wxBitmapType imageType
)
12056 if (imageType
== wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
)
12057 return false; // Could not determine image type
12059 return DoMakeImageBlock(image
, imageType
);
12062 // Makes the image block
12063 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage
& image
, wxBitmapType imageType
)
12065 wxMemoryOutputStream memStream
;
12066 if (!image
.SaveFile(memStream
, imageType
))
12071 unsigned char* block
= new unsigned char[memStream
.GetSize()];
12079 m_imageType
= imageType
;
12080 m_dataSize
= memStream
.GetSize();
12082 memStream
.CopyTo(m_data
, m_dataSize
);
12084 return (m_data
!= NULL
);
12088 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Write(const wxString
& filename
)
12090 return WriteBlock(filename
, m_data
, m_dataSize
);
12093 void wxRichTextImageBlock::Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& block
)
12095 m_imageType
= block
.m_imageType
;
12097 m_dataSize
= block
.m_dataSize
;
12098 if (m_dataSize
== 0)
12101 m_data
= new unsigned char[m_dataSize
];
12103 for (i
= 0; i
< m_dataSize
; i
++)
12104 m_data
[i
] = block
.m_data
[i
];
12108 void wxRichTextImageBlock::operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock
& block
)
12113 // Load a wxImage from the block
12114 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::Load(wxImage
& image
)
12119 // Read in the image.
12121 wxMemoryInputStream
mstream(m_data
, m_dataSize
);
12122 bool success
= image
.LoadFile(mstream
, GetImageType());
12124 wxString tempFile
= wxFileName::CreateTempFileName(_("image"));
12125 wxASSERT(!tempFile
.IsEmpty());
12127 if (!WriteBlock(tempFile
, m_data
, m_dataSize
))
12131 success
= image
.LoadFile(tempFile
, GetImageType());
12132 wxRemoveFile(tempFile
);
12138 // Write data in hex to a stream
12139 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteHex(wxOutputStream
& stream
)
12141 if (m_dataSize
== 0)
12144 int bufSize
= 100000;
12145 if (int(2*m_dataSize
) < bufSize
)
12146 bufSize
= 2*m_dataSize
;
12147 char* buf
= new char[bufSize
+1];
12149 int left
= m_dataSize
;
12154 if (left
*2 > bufSize
)
12156 n
= bufSize
; left
-= (bufSize
/2);
12160 n
= left
*2; left
= 0;
12164 for (i
= 0; i
< (n
/2); i
++)
12166 wxDecToHex(m_data
[j
], b
, b
+1);
12171 stream
.Write((const char*) buf
, n
);
12177 // Read data in hex from a stream
12178 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadHex(wxInputStream
& stream
, int length
, wxBitmapType imageType
)
12180 int dataSize
= length
/2;
12185 // create a null terminated temporary string:
12189 m_data
= new unsigned char[dataSize
];
12191 for (i
= 0; i
< dataSize
; i
++)
12193 str
[0] = (char)stream
.GetC();
12194 str
[1] = (char)stream
.GetC();
12196 m_data
[i
] = (unsigned char)wxHexToDec(str
);
12199 m_dataSize
= dataSize
;
12200 m_imageType
= imageType
;
12205 // Allocate and read from stream as a block of memory
12206 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(wxInputStream
& stream
, size_t size
)
12208 unsigned char* block
= new unsigned char[size
];
12212 stream
.Read(block
, size
);
12217 unsigned char* wxRichTextImageBlock::ReadBlock(const wxString
& filename
, size_t size
)
12219 wxFileInputStream
stream(filename
);
12220 if (!stream
.IsOk())
12223 return ReadBlock(stream
, size
);
12226 // Write memory block to stream
12227 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(wxOutputStream
& stream
, unsigned char* block
, size_t size
)
12229 stream
.Write((void*) block
, size
);
12230 return stream
.IsOk();
12234 // Write memory block to file
12235 bool wxRichTextImageBlock::WriteBlock(const wxString
& filename
, unsigned char* block
, size_t size
)
12237 wxFileOutputStream
outStream(filename
);
12238 if (!outStream
.IsOk())
12241 return WriteBlock(outStream
, block
, size
);
12244 // Gets the extension for the block's type
12245 wxString
wxRichTextImageBlock::GetExtension() const
12247 wxImageHandler
* handler
= wxImage::FindHandler(GetImageType());
12249 return handler
->GetExtension();
12251 return wxEmptyString
;
12257 * The data object for a wxRichTextBuffer
12260 const wxChar
*wxRichTextBufferDataObject::ms_richTextBufferFormatId
= wxT("wxRichText");
12262 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuffer
)
12264 m_richTextBuffer
= richTextBuffer
;
12266 // this string should uniquely identify our format, but is otherwise
12268 m_formatRichTextBuffer
.SetId(GetRichTextBufferFormatId());
12270 SetFormat(m_formatRichTextBuffer
);
12273 wxRichTextBufferDataObject::~wxRichTextBufferDataObject()
12275 delete m_richTextBuffer
;
12278 // after a call to this function, the richTextBuffer is owned by the caller and it
12279 // is responsible for deleting it!
12280 wxRichTextBuffer
* wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetRichTextBuffer()
12282 wxRichTextBuffer
* richTextBuffer
= m_richTextBuffer
;
12283 m_richTextBuffer
= NULL
;
12285 return richTextBuffer
;
12288 wxDataFormat
wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetPreferredFormat(Direction
WXUNUSED(dir
)) const
12290 return m_formatRichTextBuffer
;
12293 size_t wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataSize() const
12295 if (!m_richTextBuffer
)
12301 wxStringOutputStream
stream(& bufXML
);
12302 if (!m_richTextBuffer
->SaveFile(stream
, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
12304 wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
12310 wxCharBuffer buffer
= bufXML
.mb_str(wxConvUTF8
);
12311 return strlen(buffer
) + 1;
12313 return bufXML
.Length()+1;
12317 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::GetDataHere(void *pBuf
) const
12319 if (!pBuf
|| !m_richTextBuffer
)
12325 wxStringOutputStream
stream(& bufXML
);
12326 if (!m_richTextBuffer
->SaveFile(stream
, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
12328 wxLogError(wxT("Could not write the buffer to an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
12334 wxCharBuffer buffer
= bufXML
.mb_str(wxConvUTF8
);
12335 size_t len
= strlen(buffer
);
12336 memcpy((char*) pBuf
, (const char*) buffer
, len
);
12337 ((char*) pBuf
)[len
] = 0;
12339 size_t len
= bufXML
.Length();
12340 memcpy((char*) pBuf
, (const char*) bufXML
.c_str(), len
);
12341 ((char*) pBuf
)[len
] = 0;
12347 bool wxRichTextBufferDataObject::SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len
), const void *buf
)
12349 wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer
);
12351 wxString
bufXML((const char*) buf
, wxConvUTF8
);
12353 m_richTextBuffer
= new wxRichTextBuffer
;
12355 wxStringInputStream
stream(bufXML
);
12356 if (!m_richTextBuffer
->LoadFile(stream
, wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML
))
12358 wxLogError(wxT("Could not read the buffer from an XML stream.\nYou may have forgotten to add the XML file handler."));
12360 wxDELETE(m_richTextBuffer
);
12372 * wxRichTextFontTable
12373 * Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text
12376 WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(wxFont
, wxRichTextFontTableHashMap
, class WXDLLIMPEXP_RICHTEXT
);
12378 class wxRichTextFontTableData
: public wxObjectRefData
12381 wxRichTextFontTableData() {}
12383 wxFont
FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr
& fontSpec
, double fontScale
);
12385 wxRichTextFontTableHashMap m_hashMap
;
12388 wxFont
wxRichTextFontTableData::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr
& fontSpec
, double fontScale
)
12390 wxString
facename(fontSpec
.GetFontFaceName());
12392 int fontSize
= fontSpec
.GetFontSize();
12393 if (fontScale
!= 1.0)
12394 fontSize
= (int) ((double(fontSize
) * fontScale
) + 0.5);
12397 if (fontSpec
.HasFontPixelSize() && !fontSpec
.HasFontPointSize())
12401 wxString spec
= wxString::Format(wxT("%d-%s-%d-%d-%d-%d-%s-%d"),
12402 fontSize
, units
.c_str(), fontSpec
.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec
.GetFontWeight(), (int) fontSpec
.GetFontUnderlined(), (int) fontSpec
.GetFontStrikethrough(),
12403 facename
.c_str(), (int) fontSpec
.GetFontEncoding());
12405 wxRichTextFontTableHashMap::iterator entry
= m_hashMap
.find(spec
);
12406 if ( entry
== m_hashMap
.end() )
12408 if (fontSpec
.HasFontPixelSize() && !fontSpec
.HasFontPointSize())
12410 wxFont
font(wxSize(0, fontSize
), wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT
, fontSpec
.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec
.GetFontWeight(), fontSpec
.GetFontUnderlined(), facename
);
12411 if (fontSpec
.HasFontStrikethrough() && fontSpec
.GetFontStrikethrough())
12412 font
.SetStrikethrough(true);
12413 m_hashMap
[spec
] = font
;
12418 wxFont
font(fontSize
, wxFONTFAMILY_DEFAULT
, fontSpec
.GetFontStyle(), fontSpec
.GetFontWeight(), fontSpec
.GetFontUnderlined(), facename
.c_str());
12419 if (fontSpec
.HasFontStrikethrough() && fontSpec
.GetFontStrikethrough())
12420 font
.SetStrikethrough(true);
12422 m_hashMap
[spec
] = font
;
12428 return entry
->second
;
12432 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextFontTable
, wxObject
)
12434 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable()
12436 m_refData
= new wxRichTextFontTableData
;
12440 wxRichTextFontTable::wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable
& table
)
12446 wxRichTextFontTable::~wxRichTextFontTable()
12451 bool wxRichTextFontTable::operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable
& table
) const
12453 return (m_refData
== table
.m_refData
);
12456 void wxRichTextFontTable::operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable
& table
)
12459 m_fontScale
= table
.m_fontScale
;
12462 wxFont
wxRichTextFontTable::FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr
& fontSpec
)
12464 wxRichTextFontTableData
* data
= (wxRichTextFontTableData
*) m_refData
;
12466 return data
->FindFont(fontSpec
, m_fontScale
);
12471 void wxRichTextFontTable::Clear()
12473 wxRichTextFontTableData
* data
= (wxRichTextFontTableData
*) m_refData
;
12475 data
->m_hashMap
.clear();
12478 void wxRichTextFontTable::SetFontScale(double fontScale
)
12480 if (fontScale
!= m_fontScale
)
12482 m_fontScale
= fontScale
;
12487 void wxTextBoxAttr::Reset()
12490 m_floatMode
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE
;
12491 m_clearMode
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE
;
12492 m_collapseMode
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE
;
12493 m_verticalAlignment
= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE
;
12494 m_boxStyleName
= wxEmptyString
;
12498 m_position
.Reset();
12509 bool wxTextBoxAttr::operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
) const
12512 m_flags
== attr
.m_flags
&&
12513 m_floatMode
== attr
.m_floatMode
&&
12514 m_clearMode
== attr
.m_clearMode
&&
12515 m_collapseMode
== attr
.m_collapseMode
&&
12516 m_verticalAlignment
== attr
.m_verticalAlignment
&&
12518 m_margins
== attr
.m_margins
&&
12519 m_padding
== attr
.m_padding
&&
12520 m_position
== attr
.m_position
&&
12522 m_size
== attr
.m_size
&&
12523 m_minSize
== attr
.m_minSize
&&
12524 m_maxSize
== attr
.m_maxSize
&&
12526 m_border
== attr
.m_border
&&
12527 m_outline
== attr
.m_outline
&&
12529 m_boxStyleName
== attr
.m_boxStyleName
12533 // Partial equality test
12534 bool wxTextBoxAttr::EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
, bool weakTest
) const
12537 ((!HasFloatMode() && attr
.HasFloatMode()) ||
12538 (!HasClearMode() && attr
.HasClearMode()) ||
12539 (!HasCollapseBorders() && attr
.HasCollapseBorders()) ||
12540 (!HasVerticalAlignment() && attr
.HasVerticalAlignment()) ||
12541 (!HasBoxStyleName() && attr
.HasBoxStyleName())))
12545 if (attr
.HasFloatMode() && HasFloatMode() && (GetFloatMode() != attr
.GetFloatMode()))
12548 if (attr
.HasClearMode() && HasClearMode() && (GetClearMode() != attr
.GetClearMode()))
12551 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders() && HasCollapseBorders() && (attr
.GetCollapseBorders() != GetCollapseBorders()))
12554 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment() && HasVerticalAlignment() && (attr
.GetVerticalAlignment() != GetVerticalAlignment()))
12557 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName() && HasBoxStyleName() && (attr
.GetBoxStyleName() != GetBoxStyleName()))
12562 if (!m_position
.EqPartial(attr
.m_position
, weakTest
))
12567 if (!m_size
.EqPartial(attr
.m_size
, weakTest
))
12569 if (!m_minSize
.EqPartial(attr
.m_minSize
, weakTest
))
12571 if (!m_maxSize
.EqPartial(attr
.m_maxSize
, weakTest
))
12576 if (!m_margins
.EqPartial(attr
.m_margins
, weakTest
))
12581 if (!m_padding
.EqPartial(attr
.m_padding
, weakTest
))
12586 if (!GetBorder().EqPartial(attr
.GetBorder(), weakTest
))
12591 if (!GetOutline().EqPartial(attr
.GetOutline(), weakTest
))
12597 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
12598 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
12599 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
12600 bool wxTextBoxAttr::Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
, const wxTextBoxAttr
* compareWith
)
12602 if (attr
.HasFloatMode())
12604 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasFloatMode() && compareWith
->GetFloatMode() == attr
.GetFloatMode()))
12605 SetFloatMode(attr
.GetFloatMode());
12608 if (attr
.HasClearMode())
12610 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasClearMode() && compareWith
->GetClearMode() == attr
.GetClearMode()))
12611 SetClearMode(attr
.GetClearMode());
12614 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12616 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasCollapseBorders() && compareWith
->GetCollapseBorders() == attr
.GetCollapseBorders()))
12617 SetCollapseBorders(attr
.GetCollapseBorders());
12620 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12622 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasVerticalAlignment() && compareWith
->GetVerticalAlignment() == attr
.GetVerticalAlignment()))
12623 SetVerticalAlignment(attr
.GetVerticalAlignment());
12626 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12628 if (!(compareWith
&& compareWith
->HasBoxStyleName() && compareWith
->GetBoxStyleName() == attr
.GetBoxStyleName()))
12629 SetBoxStyleName(attr
.GetBoxStyleName());
12632 m_margins
.Apply(attr
.m_margins
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_margins
) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions
*) NULL
);
12633 m_padding
.Apply(attr
.m_padding
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_padding
) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions
*) NULL
);
12634 m_position
.Apply(attr
.m_position
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_position
) : (const wxTextAttrDimensions
*) NULL
);
12636 m_size
.Apply(attr
.m_size
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_size
) : (const wxTextAttrSize
*) NULL
);
12637 m_minSize
.Apply(attr
.m_minSize
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_minSize
) : (const wxTextAttrSize
*) NULL
);
12638 m_maxSize
.Apply(attr
.m_maxSize
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_maxSize
) : (const wxTextAttrSize
*) NULL
);
12640 m_border
.Apply(attr
.m_border
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_border
) : (const wxTextAttrBorders
*) NULL
);
12641 m_outline
.Apply(attr
.m_outline
, compareWith
? (& attr
.m_outline
) : (const wxTextAttrBorders
*) NULL
);
12646 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12647 bool wxTextBoxAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
)
12649 if (attr
.HasFloatMode())
12650 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12652 if (attr
.HasClearMode())
12653 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12655 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12656 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12658 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12659 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12661 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12663 SetBoxStyleName(wxEmptyString
);
12664 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12667 m_margins
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_margins
);
12668 m_padding
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_padding
);
12669 m_position
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_position
);
12671 m_size
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_size
);
12672 m_minSize
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_minSize
);
12673 m_maxSize
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_maxSize
);
12675 m_border
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_border
);
12676 m_outline
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_outline
);
12681 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12682 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12683 void wxTextBoxAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr
& attr
, wxTextBoxAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxTextBoxAttr
& absentAttr
)
12685 if (attr
.HasFloatMode())
12687 if (!clashingAttr
.HasFloatMode() && !absentAttr
.HasFloatMode())
12689 if (HasFloatMode())
12691 if (GetFloatMode() != attr
.GetFloatMode())
12693 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12694 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12698 SetFloatMode(attr
.GetFloatMode());
12702 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT
);
12704 if (attr
.HasClearMode())
12706 if (!clashingAttr
.HasClearMode() && !absentAttr
.HasClearMode())
12708 if (HasClearMode())
12710 if (GetClearMode() != attr
.GetClearMode())
12712 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12713 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12717 SetClearMode(attr
.GetClearMode());
12721 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR
);
12723 if (attr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12725 if (!clashingAttr
.HasCollapseBorders() && !absentAttr
.HasCollapseBorders())
12727 if (HasCollapseBorders())
12729 if (GetCollapseBorders() != attr
.GetCollapseBorders())
12731 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12732 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12736 SetCollapseBorders(attr
.GetCollapseBorders());
12740 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS
);
12742 if (attr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12744 if (!clashingAttr
.HasVerticalAlignment() && !absentAttr
.HasVerticalAlignment())
12746 if (HasVerticalAlignment())
12748 if (GetVerticalAlignment() != attr
.GetVerticalAlignment())
12750 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12751 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12755 SetVerticalAlignment(attr
.GetVerticalAlignment());
12759 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT
);
12761 if (attr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12763 if (!clashingAttr
.HasBoxStyleName() && !absentAttr
.HasBoxStyleName())
12765 if (HasBoxStyleName())
12767 if (GetBoxStyleName() != attr
.GetBoxStyleName())
12769 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12770 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12774 SetBoxStyleName(attr
.GetBoxStyleName());
12778 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME
);
12780 m_margins
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_margins
, clashingAttr
.m_margins
, absentAttr
.m_margins
);
12781 m_padding
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_padding
, clashingAttr
.m_padding
, absentAttr
.m_padding
);
12782 m_position
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_position
, clashingAttr
.m_position
, absentAttr
.m_position
);
12784 m_size
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_size
, clashingAttr
.m_size
, absentAttr
.m_size
);
12785 m_minSize
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_minSize
, clashingAttr
.m_minSize
, absentAttr
.m_minSize
);
12786 m_maxSize
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_maxSize
, clashingAttr
.m_maxSize
, absentAttr
.m_maxSize
);
12788 m_border
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_border
, clashingAttr
.m_border
, absentAttr
.m_border
);
12789 m_outline
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_outline
, clashingAttr
.m_outline
, absentAttr
.m_outline
);
12792 bool wxTextBoxAttr::IsDefault() const
12794 return GetFlags() == 0 && !m_border
.IsValid() && !m_outline
.IsValid() &&
12795 !m_size
.IsValid() && !m_minSize
.IsValid() && !m_maxSize
.IsValid() &&
12796 !m_position
.IsValid() && !m_padding
.IsValid() && !m_margins
.IsValid();
12801 void wxRichTextAttr::Copy(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
12803 wxTextAttr::Copy(attr
);
12805 m_textBoxAttr
= attr
.m_textBoxAttr
;
12808 bool wxRichTextAttr::operator==(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
) const
12810 if (!(wxTextAttr::operator==(attr
)))
12813 return (m_textBoxAttr
== attr
.m_textBoxAttr
);
12816 // Partial equality test
12817 bool wxRichTextAttr::EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, bool weakTest
) const
12819 if (!(wxTextAttr::EqPartial(attr
, weakTest
)))
12822 return m_textBoxAttr
.EqPartial(attr
.m_textBoxAttr
, weakTest
);
12825 // Merges the given attributes. If compareWith
12826 // is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
12827 // and compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
12828 bool wxRichTextAttr::Apply(const wxRichTextAttr
& style
, const wxRichTextAttr
* compareWith
)
12830 wxTextAttr::Apply(style
, compareWith
);
12832 return m_textBoxAttr
.Apply(style
.m_textBoxAttr
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_textBoxAttr
) : (const wxTextBoxAttr
*) NULL
);
12835 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12836 bool wxRichTextAttr::RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
)
12838 wxTextAttr::RemoveStyle(*this, attr
);
12840 return m_textBoxAttr
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_textBoxAttr
);
12843 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12844 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12845 void wxRichTextAttr::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, wxRichTextAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxRichTextAttr
& absentAttr
)
12847 wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(*this, attr
, clashingAttr
, absentAttr
);
12849 m_textBoxAttr
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_textBoxAttr
, clashingAttr
.m_textBoxAttr
, absentAttr
.m_textBoxAttr
);
12852 // Partial equality test
12853 bool wxTextAttrBorder::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder
& border
, bool weakTest
) const
12856 ((!HasStyle() && border
.HasStyle()) ||
12857 (!HasColour() && border
.HasColour()) ||
12858 (!HasWidth() && border
.HasWidth())))
12863 if (border
.HasStyle() && HasStyle() && (border
.GetStyle() != GetStyle()))
12866 if (border
.HasColour() && HasColour() && (border
.GetColourLong() != GetColourLong()))
12869 if (border
.HasWidth() && HasWidth() && !(border
.GetWidth() == GetWidth()))
12875 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
12876 bool wxTextAttrBorder::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder
& border
, const wxTextAttrBorder
* compareWith
)
12878 if (border
.HasStyle())
12880 if (!(compareWith
&& (border
.GetStyle() == compareWith
->GetStyle())))
12881 SetStyle(border
.GetStyle());
12883 if (border
.HasColour())
12885 if (!(compareWith
&& (border
.GetColourLong() == compareWith
->GetColourLong())))
12886 SetColour(border
.GetColourLong());
12888 if (border
.HasWidth())
12890 if (!(compareWith
&& (border
.GetWidth() == compareWith
->GetWidth())))
12891 SetWidth(border
.GetWidth());
12897 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12898 bool wxTextAttrBorder::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder
& attr
)
12900 if (attr
.HasStyle() && HasStyle())
12901 SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12902 if (attr
.HasColour() && HasColour())
12903 SetFlags(GetFlags() & ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12904 if (attr
.HasWidth() && HasWidth())
12905 m_borderWidth
.Reset();
12910 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12911 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12912 void wxTextAttrBorder::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder
& attr
, wxTextAttrBorder
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrBorder
& absentAttr
)
12914 if (attr
.HasStyle())
12916 if (!clashingAttr
.HasStyle() && !absentAttr
.HasStyle())
12920 if (GetStyle() != attr
.GetStyle())
12922 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12923 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12927 SetStyle(attr
.GetStyle());
12931 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE
);
12933 if (attr
.HasColour())
12935 if (!clashingAttr
.HasColour() && !absentAttr
.HasColour())
12939 if (GetColour() != attr
.GetColour())
12941 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12942 RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12946 SetColour(attr
.GetColourLong());
12950 absentAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR
);
12952 m_borderWidth
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_borderWidth
, clashingAttr
.m_borderWidth
, absentAttr
.m_borderWidth
);
12955 // Partial equality test
12956 bool wxTextAttrBorders::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders
& borders
, bool weakTest
) const
12958 return m_left
.EqPartial(borders
.m_left
, weakTest
) && m_right
.EqPartial(borders
.m_right
, weakTest
) &&
12959 m_top
.EqPartial(borders
.m_top
, weakTest
) && m_bottom
.EqPartial(borders
.m_bottom
, weakTest
);
12962 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
12963 bool wxTextAttrBorders::Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders
& borders
, const wxTextAttrBorders
* compareWith
)
12965 m_left
.Apply(borders
.m_left
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_left
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12966 m_right
.Apply(borders
.m_right
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_right
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12967 m_top
.Apply(borders
.m_top
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_top
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12968 m_bottom
.Apply(borders
.m_bottom
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_bottom
) : (const wxTextAttrBorder
*) NULL
);
12972 // Remove specified attributes from this object
12973 bool wxTextAttrBorders::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders
& attr
)
12975 m_left
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_left
);
12976 m_right
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_right
);
12977 m_top
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_top
);
12978 m_bottom
.RemoveStyle(attr
.m_bottom
);
12982 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
12983 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
12984 void wxTextAttrBorders::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders
& attr
, wxTextAttrBorders
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrBorders
& absentAttr
)
12986 m_left
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_left
, clashingAttr
.m_left
, absentAttr
.m_left
);
12987 m_right
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_right
, clashingAttr
.m_right
, absentAttr
.m_right
);
12988 m_top
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_top
, clashingAttr
.m_top
, absentAttr
.m_top
);
12989 m_bottom
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_bottom
, clashingAttr
.m_bottom
, absentAttr
.m_bottom
);
12992 // Set style of all borders
12993 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetStyle(int style
)
12995 m_left
.SetStyle(style
);
12996 m_right
.SetStyle(style
);
12997 m_top
.SetStyle(style
);
12998 m_bottom
.SetStyle(style
);
13001 // Set colour of all borders
13002 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(unsigned long colour
)
13004 m_left
.SetColour(colour
);
13005 m_right
.SetColour(colour
);
13006 m_top
.SetColour(colour
);
13007 m_bottom
.SetColour(colour
);
13010 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetColour(const wxColour
& colour
)
13012 m_left
.SetColour(colour
);
13013 m_right
.SetColour(colour
);
13014 m_top
.SetColour(colour
);
13015 m_bottom
.SetColour(colour
);
13018 // Set width of all borders
13019 void wxTextAttrBorders::SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension
& width
)
13021 m_left
.SetWidth(width
);
13022 m_right
.SetWidth(width
);
13023 m_top
.SetWidth(width
);
13024 m_bottom
.SetWidth(width
);
13027 // Partial equality test
13028 bool wxTextAttrDimension::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
, bool weakTest
) const
13030 if (!weakTest
&& !IsValid() && dim
.IsValid())
13033 if (dim
.IsValid() && IsValid() && !((*this) == dim
))
13039 bool wxTextAttrDimension::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
, const wxTextAttrDimension
* compareWith
)
13043 if (!(compareWith
&& dim
== (*compareWith
)))
13050 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
13051 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
13052 void wxTextAttrDimension::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension
& attr
, wxTextAttrDimension
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrDimension
& absentAttr
)
13054 if (attr
.IsValid())
13056 if (!clashingAttr
.IsValid() && !absentAttr
.IsValid())
13060 if (!((*this) == attr
))
13062 clashingAttr
.SetValid(true);
13071 absentAttr
.SetValid(true);
13074 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC
& dc
, double scale
, const wxSize
& parentSize
)
13076 m_ppi
= dc
.GetPPI().x
; m_scale
= scale
; m_parentSize
= parentSize
;
13079 wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi
, double scale
, const wxSize
& parentSize
)
13081 m_ppi
= ppi
; m_scale
= scale
; m_parentSize
= parentSize
;
13084 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units
) const
13086 return wxRichTextObject::ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(m_ppi
, units
, m_scale
);
13089 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels
) const
13091 return wxRichTextObject::ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(m_ppi
, pixels
, m_scale
);
13094 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
, int direction
) const
13096 if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
13097 return ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(dim
.GetValue());
13098 else if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
13099 return dim
.GetValue();
13100 else if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE
)
13102 wxASSERT(m_parentSize
!= wxDefaultSize
);
13103 if (direction
== wxHORIZONTAL
)
13104 return (int) (double(m_parentSize
.x
) * double(dim
.GetValue()) / 100.0);
13106 return (int) (double(m_parentSize
.y
) * double(dim
.GetValue()) / 100.0);
13115 int wxTextAttrDimensionConverter::GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension
& dim
) const
13117 if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM
)
13118 return dim
.GetValue();
13119 else if (dim
.GetUnits() == wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS
)
13120 return ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(dim
.GetValue());
13128 // Partial equality test
13129 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& dims
, bool weakTest
) const
13131 if (!m_left
.EqPartial(dims
.m_left
, weakTest
))
13134 if (!m_right
.EqPartial(dims
.m_right
, weakTest
))
13137 if (!m_top
.EqPartial(dims
.m_top
, weakTest
))
13140 if (!m_bottom
.EqPartial(dims
.m_bottom
, weakTest
))
13146 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
13147 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& dims
, const wxTextAttrDimensions
* compareWith
)
13149 m_left
.Apply(dims
.m_left
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_left
) : (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13150 m_right
.Apply(dims
.m_right
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_right
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13151 m_top
.Apply(dims
.m_top
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_top
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13152 m_bottom
.Apply(dims
.m_bottom
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_bottom
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13157 // Remove specified attributes from this object
13158 bool wxTextAttrDimensions::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& attr
)
13160 if (attr
.m_left
.IsValid())
13162 if (attr
.m_right
.IsValid())
13164 if (attr
.m_top
.IsValid())
13166 if (attr
.m_bottom
.IsValid())
13172 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
13173 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
13174 void wxTextAttrDimensions::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions
& attr
, wxTextAttrDimensions
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrDimensions
& absentAttr
)
13176 m_left
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_left
, clashingAttr
.m_left
, absentAttr
.m_left
);
13177 m_right
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_right
, clashingAttr
.m_right
, absentAttr
.m_right
);
13178 m_top
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_top
, clashingAttr
.m_top
, absentAttr
.m_top
);
13179 m_bottom
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_bottom
, clashingAttr
.m_bottom
, absentAttr
.m_bottom
);
13182 // Partial equality test
13183 bool wxTextAttrSize::EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize
& size
, bool weakTest
) const
13185 if (!m_width
.EqPartial(size
.m_width
, weakTest
))
13188 if (!m_height
.EqPartial(size
.m_height
, weakTest
))
13194 // Apply border to 'this', but not if the same as compareWith
13195 bool wxTextAttrSize::Apply(const wxTextAttrSize
& size
, const wxTextAttrSize
* compareWith
)
13197 m_width
.Apply(size
.m_width
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_width
) : (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13198 m_height
.Apply(size
.m_height
, compareWith
? (& compareWith
->m_height
): (const wxTextAttrDimension
*) NULL
);
13203 // Remove specified attributes from this object
13204 bool wxTextAttrSize::RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize
& attr
)
13206 if (attr
.m_width
.IsValid())
13208 if (attr
.m_height
.IsValid())
13214 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
13215 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
13216 void wxTextAttrSize::CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize
& attr
, wxTextAttrSize
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttrSize
& absentAttr
)
13218 m_width
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_width
, clashingAttr
.m_width
, absentAttr
.m_width
);
13219 m_height
.CollectCommonAttributes(attr
.m_height
, clashingAttr
.m_height
, absentAttr
.m_height
);
13222 // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
13223 // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
13224 void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr
& currentStyle
, const wxTextAttr
& attr
, wxTextAttr
& clashingAttr
, wxTextAttr
& absentAttr
)
13226 absentAttr
.SetFlags(absentAttr
.GetFlags() | (~attr
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_ALL
));
13227 absentAttr
.SetTextEffectFlags(absentAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags() | (~attr
.GetTextEffectFlags() & 0xFFFF));
13229 long forbiddenFlags
= clashingAttr
.GetFlags()|absentAttr
.GetFlags();
13231 // If different font size units are being used, this is a clash.
13232 if (((attr
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
) | (currentStyle
.GetFlags() & wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
)) == wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
)
13234 currentStyle
.SetFontSize(0);
13235 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
);
13236 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_SIZE
);
13240 if (attr
.HasFontPointSize() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
))
13242 if (currentStyle
.HasFontPointSize())
13244 if (currentStyle
.GetFontSize() != attr
.GetFontSize())
13246 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13247 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13248 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13252 currentStyle
.SetFontSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
13254 else if (!attr
.HasFontPointSize() && currentStyle
.HasFontPointSize())
13256 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13257 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_POINT_SIZE
);
13260 if (attr
.HasFontPixelSize() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
))
13262 if (currentStyle
.HasFontPixelSize())
13264 if (currentStyle
.GetFontSize() != attr
.GetFontSize())
13266 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13267 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13268 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13272 currentStyle
.SetFontPixelSize(attr
.GetFontSize());
13274 else if (!attr
.HasFontPixelSize() && currentStyle
.HasFontPixelSize())
13276 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13277 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_PIXEL_SIZE
);
13281 if (attr
.HasFontItalic() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
))
13283 if (currentStyle
.HasFontItalic())
13285 if (currentStyle
.GetFontStyle() != attr
.GetFontStyle())
13287 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13288 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13289 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13293 currentStyle
.SetFontStyle(attr
.GetFontStyle());
13295 else if (!attr
.HasFontItalic() && currentStyle
.HasFontItalic())
13297 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13298 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_ITALIC
);
13301 if (attr
.HasFontFamily() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
))
13303 if (currentStyle
.HasFontFamily())
13305 if (currentStyle
.GetFontFamily() != attr
.GetFontFamily())
13307 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13308 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13309 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13313 currentStyle
.SetFontFamily(attr
.GetFontFamily());
13315 else if (!attr
.HasFontFamily() && currentStyle
.HasFontFamily())
13317 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13318 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FAMILY
);
13321 if (attr
.HasFontWeight() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
))
13323 if (currentStyle
.HasFontWeight())
13325 if (currentStyle
.GetFontWeight() != attr
.GetFontWeight())
13327 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13328 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13329 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13333 currentStyle
.SetFontWeight(attr
.GetFontWeight());
13335 else if (!attr
.HasFontWeight() && currentStyle
.HasFontWeight())
13337 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13338 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_WEIGHT
);
13341 if (attr
.HasFontFaceName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
))
13343 if (currentStyle
.HasFontFaceName())
13345 wxString
faceName1(currentStyle
.GetFontFaceName());
13346 wxString
faceName2(attr
.GetFontFaceName());
13348 if (faceName1
!= faceName2
)
13350 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13351 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13352 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13356 currentStyle
.SetFontFaceName(attr
.GetFontFaceName());
13358 else if (!attr
.HasFontFaceName() && currentStyle
.HasFontFaceName())
13360 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13361 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_FACE
);
13364 if (attr
.HasFontUnderlined() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
))
13366 if (currentStyle
.HasFontUnderlined())
13368 if (currentStyle
.GetFontUnderlined() != attr
.GetFontUnderlined())
13370 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13371 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13372 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13376 currentStyle
.SetFontUnderlined(attr
.GetFontUnderlined());
13378 else if (!attr
.HasFontUnderlined() && currentStyle
.HasFontUnderlined())
13380 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13381 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_UNDERLINE
);
13384 if (attr
.HasFontStrikethrough() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
))
13386 if (currentStyle
.HasFontStrikethrough())
13388 if (currentStyle
.GetFontStrikethrough() != attr
.GetFontStrikethrough())
13390 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13391 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13392 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13396 currentStyle
.SetFontStrikethrough(attr
.GetFontStrikethrough());
13398 else if (!attr
.HasFontStrikethrough() && currentStyle
.HasFontStrikethrough())
13400 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13401 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_FONT_STRIKETHROUGH
);
13404 if (attr
.HasTextColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
))
13406 if (currentStyle
.HasTextColour())
13408 if (currentStyle
.GetTextColour() != attr
.GetTextColour())
13410 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13411 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13412 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13416 currentStyle
.SetTextColour(attr
.GetTextColour());
13418 else if (!attr
.HasTextColour() && currentStyle
.HasTextColour())
13420 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13421 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TEXT_COLOUR
);
13424 if (attr
.HasBackgroundColour() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
))
13426 if (currentStyle
.HasBackgroundColour())
13428 if (currentStyle
.GetBackgroundColour() != attr
.GetBackgroundColour())
13430 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13431 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13432 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13436 currentStyle
.SetBackgroundColour(attr
.GetBackgroundColour());
13438 else if (!attr
.HasBackgroundColour() && currentStyle
.HasBackgroundColour())
13440 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13441 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BACKGROUND_COLOUR
);
13444 if (attr
.HasAlignment() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
))
13446 if (currentStyle
.HasAlignment())
13448 if (currentStyle
.GetAlignment() != attr
.GetAlignment())
13450 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13451 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13452 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13456 currentStyle
.SetAlignment(attr
.GetAlignment());
13458 else if (!attr
.HasAlignment() && currentStyle
.HasAlignment())
13460 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13461 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_ALIGNMENT
);
13464 if (attr
.HasTabs() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
))
13466 if (currentStyle
.HasTabs())
13468 if (!wxRichTextTabsEq(currentStyle
.GetTabs(), attr
.GetTabs()))
13470 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13471 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13472 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13476 currentStyle
.SetTabs(attr
.GetTabs());
13478 else if (!attr
.HasTabs() && currentStyle
.HasTabs())
13480 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13481 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_TABS
);
13484 if (attr
.HasLeftIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
))
13486 if (currentStyle
.HasLeftIndent())
13488 if (currentStyle
.GetLeftIndent() != attr
.GetLeftIndent() || currentStyle
.GetLeftSubIndent() != attr
.GetLeftSubIndent())
13490 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13491 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13492 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13496 currentStyle
.SetLeftIndent(attr
.GetLeftIndent(), attr
.GetLeftSubIndent());
13498 else if (!attr
.HasLeftIndent() && currentStyle
.HasLeftIndent())
13500 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13501 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LEFT_INDENT
);
13504 if (attr
.HasRightIndent() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
))
13506 if (currentStyle
.HasRightIndent())
13508 if (currentStyle
.GetRightIndent() != attr
.GetRightIndent())
13510 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13511 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13512 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13516 currentStyle
.SetRightIndent(attr
.GetRightIndent());
13518 else if (!attr
.HasRightIndent() && currentStyle
.HasRightIndent())
13520 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13521 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_RIGHT_INDENT
);
13524 if (attr
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
))
13526 if (currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter())
13528 if (currentStyle
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter() != attr
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter())
13530 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13531 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13532 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13536 currentStyle
.SetParagraphSpacingAfter(attr
.GetParagraphSpacingAfter());
13538 else if (!attr
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter() && currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingAfter())
13540 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13541 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_AFTER
);
13544 if (attr
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
))
13546 if (currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore())
13548 if (currentStyle
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore() != attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore())
13550 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13551 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13552 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13556 currentStyle
.SetParagraphSpacingBefore(attr
.GetParagraphSpacingBefore());
13558 else if (!attr
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore() && currentStyle
.HasParagraphSpacingBefore())
13560 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13561 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARA_SPACING_BEFORE
);
13564 if (attr
.HasLineSpacing() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
))
13566 if (currentStyle
.HasLineSpacing())
13568 if (currentStyle
.GetLineSpacing() != attr
.GetLineSpacing())
13570 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13571 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13572 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13576 currentStyle
.SetLineSpacing(attr
.GetLineSpacing());
13578 else if (!attr
.HasLineSpacing() && currentStyle
.HasLineSpacing())
13580 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13581 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LINE_SPACING
);
13584 if (attr
.HasCharacterStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
))
13586 if (currentStyle
.HasCharacterStyleName())
13588 if (currentStyle
.GetCharacterStyleName() != attr
.GetCharacterStyleName())
13590 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13591 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13592 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13596 currentStyle
.SetCharacterStyleName(attr
.GetCharacterStyleName());
13598 else if (!attr
.HasCharacterStyleName() && currentStyle
.HasCharacterStyleName())
13600 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13601 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_CHARACTER_STYLE_NAME
);
13604 if (attr
.HasParagraphStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
))
13606 if (currentStyle
.HasParagraphStyleName())
13608 if (currentStyle
.GetParagraphStyleName() != attr
.GetParagraphStyleName())
13610 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13611 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13612 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13616 currentStyle
.SetParagraphStyleName(attr
.GetParagraphStyleName());
13618 else if (!attr
.HasParagraphStyleName() && currentStyle
.HasParagraphStyleName())
13620 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13621 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_PARAGRAPH_STYLE_NAME
);
13624 if (attr
.HasListStyleName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
))
13626 if (currentStyle
.HasListStyleName())
13628 if (currentStyle
.GetListStyleName() != attr
.GetListStyleName())
13630 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13631 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13632 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13636 currentStyle
.SetListStyleName(attr
.GetListStyleName());
13638 else if (!attr
.HasListStyleName() && currentStyle
.HasListStyleName())
13640 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13641 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_LIST_STYLE_NAME
);
13644 if (attr
.HasBulletStyle() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
))
13646 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletStyle())
13648 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletStyle() != attr
.GetBulletStyle())
13650 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13651 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13652 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13656 currentStyle
.SetBulletStyle(attr
.GetBulletStyle());
13658 else if (!attr
.HasBulletStyle() && currentStyle
.HasBulletStyle())
13660 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13661 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE
);
13664 if (attr
.HasBulletNumber() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
))
13666 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletNumber())
13668 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletNumber() != attr
.GetBulletNumber())
13670 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13671 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13672 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13676 currentStyle
.SetBulletNumber(attr
.GetBulletNumber());
13678 else if (!attr
.HasBulletNumber() && currentStyle
.HasBulletNumber())
13680 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13681 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NUMBER
);
13684 if (attr
.HasBulletText() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
))
13686 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletText())
13688 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletText() != attr
.GetBulletText())
13690 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13691 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13692 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13697 currentStyle
.SetBulletText(attr
.GetBulletText());
13698 currentStyle
.SetBulletFont(attr
.GetBulletFont());
13701 else if (!attr
.HasBulletText() && currentStyle
.HasBulletText())
13703 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13704 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_TEXT
);
13707 if (attr
.HasBulletName() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
))
13709 if (currentStyle
.HasBulletName())
13711 if (currentStyle
.GetBulletName() != attr
.GetBulletName())
13713 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13714 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13715 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13720 currentStyle
.SetBulletName(attr
.GetBulletName());
13723 else if (!attr
.HasBulletName() && currentStyle
.HasBulletName())
13725 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13726 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_NAME
);
13729 if (attr
.HasURL() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
))
13731 if (currentStyle
.HasURL())
13733 if (currentStyle
.GetURL() != attr
.GetURL())
13735 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13736 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13737 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13742 currentStyle
.SetURL(attr
.GetURL());
13745 else if (!attr
.HasURL() && currentStyle
.HasURL())
13747 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13748 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_URL
);
13751 if (attr
.HasTextEffects() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
))
13753 if (currentStyle
.HasTextEffects())
13755 // We need to find the bits in the new attr that are different:
13756 // just look at those bits that are specified by the new attr.
13758 // We need to remove the bits and flags that are not common between current attr
13759 // and new attr. In so doing we need to take account of the styles absent from one or more of the
13760 // previous styles.
13762 int currentRelevantTextEffects
= currentStyle
.GetTextEffects() & attr
.GetTextEffectFlags();
13763 int newRelevantTextEffects
= attr
.GetTextEffects() & attr
.GetTextEffectFlags();
13765 if (currentRelevantTextEffects
!= newRelevantTextEffects
)
13767 // Find the text effects that were different, using XOR
13768 int differentEffects
= currentRelevantTextEffects
^ newRelevantTextEffects
;
13770 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13771 clashingAttr
.SetTextEffectFlags(clashingAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags() | differentEffects
);
13772 currentStyle
.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle
.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~differentEffects
);
13777 currentStyle
.SetTextEffects(attr
.GetTextEffects());
13778 currentStyle
.SetTextEffectFlags(attr
.GetTextEffectFlags());
13781 // Mask out the flags and values that cannot be common because they were absent in one or more objecrs
13782 // that we've looked at so far
13783 currentStyle
.SetTextEffects(currentStyle
.GetTextEffects() & ~absentAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags());
13784 currentStyle
.SetTextEffectFlags(currentStyle
.GetTextEffectFlags() & ~absentAttr
.GetTextEffectFlags());
13786 if (currentStyle
.GetTextEffectFlags() == 0)
13787 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
);
13789 else if (!attr
.HasTextEffects() && currentStyle
.HasTextEffects())
13791 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
);
13792 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_EFFECTS
);
13795 if (attr
.HasOutlineLevel() && !wxHasStyle(forbiddenFlags
, wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
))
13797 if (currentStyle
.HasOutlineLevel())
13799 if (currentStyle
.GetOutlineLevel() != attr
.GetOutlineLevel())
13801 // Clash of attr - mark as such
13802 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13803 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13807 currentStyle
.SetOutlineLevel(attr
.GetOutlineLevel());
13809 else if (!attr
.HasOutlineLevel() && currentStyle
.HasOutlineLevel())
13811 clashingAttr
.AddFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13812 currentStyle
.RemoveFlag(wxTEXT_ATTR_OUTLINE_LEVEL
);
13816 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextVariantArray
);
13819 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxRichTextAttrArray
);
13821 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxRichTextProperties
, wxObject
)
13823 bool wxRichTextProperties::operator==(const wxRichTextProperties
& props
) const
13825 if (m_properties
.GetCount() != props
.GetCount())
13829 for (i
= 0; i
< m_properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13831 const wxVariant
& var1
= m_properties
[i
];
13832 int idx
= props
.Find(var1
.GetName());
13835 const wxVariant
& var2
= props
.m_properties
[idx
];
13836 if (!(var1
== var2
))
13843 wxArrayString
wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyNames() const
13847 for (i
= 0; i
< m_properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13849 arr
.Add(m_properties
[i
].GetName());
13854 int wxRichTextProperties::Find(const wxString
& name
) const
13857 for (i
= 0; i
< m_properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13859 if (m_properties
[i
].GetName() == name
)
13865 bool wxRichTextProperties::Remove(const wxString
& name
)
13867 int idx
= Find(name
);
13870 m_properties
.RemoveAt(idx
);
13877 wxVariant
* wxRichTextProperties::FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString
& name
)
13879 int idx
= Find(name
);
13880 if (idx
== wxNOT_FOUND
)
13881 SetProperty(name
, wxString());
13883 if (idx
!= wxNOT_FOUND
)
13885 return & (*this)[idx
];
13891 const wxVariant
& wxRichTextProperties::GetProperty(const wxString
& name
) const
13893 static const wxVariant nullVariant
;
13894 int idx
= Find(name
);
13896 return m_properties
[idx
];
13898 return nullVariant
;
13901 wxString
wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyString(const wxString
& name
) const
13903 return GetProperty(name
).GetString();
13906 long wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyLong(const wxString
& name
) const
13908 return GetProperty(name
).GetLong();
13911 bool wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyBool(const wxString
& name
) const
13913 return GetProperty(name
).GetBool();
13916 double wxRichTextProperties::GetPropertyDouble(const wxString
& name
) const
13918 return GetProperty(name
).GetDouble();
13921 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxVariant
& variant
)
13923 wxASSERT(!variant
.GetName().IsEmpty());
13925 int idx
= Find(variant
.GetName());
13928 m_properties
.Add(variant
);
13930 m_properties
[idx
] = variant
;
13933 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, const wxVariant
& variant
)
13935 int idx
= Find(name
);
13936 wxVariant
var(variant
);
13940 m_properties
.Add(var
);
13942 m_properties
[idx
] = var
;
13945 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, const wxString
& value
)
13947 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13950 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, long value
)
13952 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13955 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, double value
)
13957 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13960 void wxRichTextProperties::SetProperty(const wxString
& name
, bool value
)
13962 SetProperty(name
, wxVariant(value
, name
));
13965 void wxRichTextProperties::RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
)
13968 for (i
= 0; i
< properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13970 wxString name
= properties
.GetProperties()[i
].GetName();
13971 if (HasProperty(name
))
13976 void wxRichTextProperties::MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties
& properties
)
13979 for (i
= 0; i
< properties
.GetCount(); i
++)
13981 SetProperty(properties
.GetProperties()[i
]);
13985 wxRichTextObject
* wxRichTextObjectAddress::GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* topLevelContainer
) const
13987 if (m_address
.GetCount() == 0)
13988 return topLevelContainer
;
13990 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* p
= topLevelContainer
;
13992 while (p
&& i
< m_address
.GetCount())
13994 int pos
= m_address
[i
];
13995 wxASSERT(pos
>= 0 && pos
< (int) p
->GetChildren().GetCount());
13996 if (pos
< 0 || pos
>= (int) p
->GetChildren().GetCount())
13999 wxRichTextObject
* p1
= p
->GetChild(pos
);
14000 if (i
== (m_address
.GetCount()-1))
14003 p
= wxDynamicCast(p1
, wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
14009 bool wxRichTextObjectAddress::Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* topLevelContainer
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
)
14013 if (topLevelContainer
== obj
)
14016 wxRichTextObject
* o
= obj
;
14019 wxRichTextCompositeObject
* p
= wxDynamicCast(o
->GetParent(), wxRichTextCompositeObject
);
14023 int pos
= p
->GetChildren().IndexOf(o
);
14027 m_address
.Insert(pos
, 0);
14029 if (p
== topLevelContainer
)
14038 bool wxRichTextSelection::operator==(const wxRichTextSelection
& sel
) const
14040 if (m_container
!= sel
.m_container
)
14042 if (m_ranges
.GetCount() != sel
.m_ranges
.GetCount())
14045 for (i
= 0; i
< m_ranges
.GetCount(); i
++)
14046 if (!(m_ranges
[i
] == sel
.m_ranges
[i
]))
14051 // Get the selections appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION if none
14052 // or none at the level of the object's container.
14053 wxRichTextRangeArray
wxRichTextSelection::GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14057 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* container
= obj
->GetParentContainer();
14059 if (container
== m_container
)
14062 container
= obj
->GetContainer();
14065 if (container
->GetParent())
14067 // If we found that our object's container is within the range of
14068 // a selection higher up, then assume the whole original object
14069 // is also selected.
14070 wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
* parentContainer
= container
->GetParentContainer();
14071 if (parentContainer
== m_container
)
14073 if (WithinSelection(container
->GetRange().GetStart(), m_ranges
))
14075 wxRichTextRangeArray ranges
;
14076 ranges
.Add(obj
->GetRange());
14081 container
= parentContainer
;
14090 return wxRichTextRangeArray();
14093 // Is the given position within the selection?
14094 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14100 wxRichTextRangeArray selectionRanges
= GetSelectionForObject(obj
);
14101 return WithinSelection(pos
, selectionRanges
);
14105 // Is the given position within the selection range?
14106 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(long pos
, const wxRichTextRangeArray
& ranges
)
14109 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges
.GetCount(); i
++)
14111 const wxRichTextRange
& range
= ranges
[i
];
14112 if (pos
>= range
.GetStart() && pos
<= range
.GetEnd())
14118 // Is the given range completely within the selection range?
14119 bool wxRichTextSelection::WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange
& range
, const wxRichTextRangeArray
& ranges
)
14122 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges
.GetCount(); i
++)
14124 const wxRichTextRange
& eachRange
= ranges
[i
];
14125 if (range
.IsWithin(eachRange
))
14131 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingHandler
, wxObject
)
14132 IMPLEMENT_CLASS(wxRichTextDrawingContext
, wxObject
)
14134 wxRichTextDrawingContext::wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer
* buffer
)
14138 if (m_buffer
&& m_buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl())
14139 EnableVirtualAttributes(m_buffer
->GetRichTextCtrl()->GetVirtualAttributesEnabled());
14142 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14144 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14147 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14150 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14151 if (handler
->HasVirtualAttributes(obj
))
14154 node
= node
->GetNext();
14159 wxRichTextAttr
wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14161 wxRichTextAttr attr
;
14162 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14165 // We apply all handlers, so we can may combine several different attributes
14166 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14169 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14170 if (handler
->HasVirtualAttributes(obj
))
14172 bool success
= handler
->GetVirtualAttributes(attr
, obj
);
14174 wxUnusedVar(success
);
14177 node
= node
->GetNext();
14182 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr
& attr
, wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14184 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14187 if (HasVirtualAttributes(obj
))
14189 wxRichTextAttr
a(GetVirtualAttributes(obj
));
14197 int wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject
* obj
) const
14199 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14202 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14205 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14206 int count
= handler
->GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(obj
);
14210 node
= node
->GetNext();
14215 int wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject
* obj
, wxArrayInt
& positions
, wxRichTextAttrArray
& attributes
) const
14217 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14220 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14223 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14224 if (handler
->GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(obj
, positions
, attributes
))
14225 return positions
.GetCount();
14227 node
= node
->GetNext();
14232 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
) const
14234 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14237 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14240 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14241 if (handler
->HasVirtualText(obj
))
14244 node
= node
->GetNext();
14249 bool wxRichTextDrawingContext::GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText
* obj
, wxString
& text
) const
14251 if (!GetVirtualAttributesEnabled())
14254 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= m_buffer
->GetDrawingHandlers().GetFirst();
14257 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14258 if (handler
->GetVirtualText(obj
, text
))
14261 node
= node
->GetNext();
14266 /// Adds a handler to the end
14267 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
)
14269 sm_drawingHandlers
.Append(handler
);
14272 /// Inserts a handler at the front
14273 void wxRichTextBuffer::InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
)
14275 sm_drawingHandlers
.Insert( handler
);
14278 /// Removes a handler
14279 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString
& name
)
14281 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= FindDrawingHandler(name
);
14284 sm_drawingHandlers
.DeleteObject(handler
);
14292 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
* wxRichTextBuffer::FindDrawingHandler(const wxString
& name
)
14294 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_drawingHandlers
.GetFirst();
14297 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14298 if (handler
->GetName().Lower() == name
.Lower()) return handler
;
14300 node
= node
->GetNext();
14305 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpDrawingHandlers()
14307 wxList::compatibility_iterator node
= sm_drawingHandlers
.GetFirst();
14310 wxRichTextDrawingHandler
* handler
= (wxRichTextDrawingHandler
*)node
->GetData();
14311 wxList::compatibility_iterator next
= node
->GetNext();
14316 sm_drawingHandlers
.Clear();
14319 void wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType
*fieldType
)
14321 sm_fieldTypes
[fieldType
->GetName()] = fieldType
;
14324 bool wxRichTextBuffer::RemoveFieldType(const wxString
& name
)
14326 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap::iterator it
= sm_fieldTypes
.find(name
);
14327 if (it
== sm_fieldTypes
.end())
14331 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= it
->second
;
14332 sm_fieldTypes
.erase(it
);
14338 wxRichTextFieldType
*wxRichTextBuffer::FindFieldType(const wxString
& name
)
14340 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap::iterator it
= sm_fieldTypes
.find(name
);
14341 if (it
== sm_fieldTypes
.end())
14347 void wxRichTextBuffer::CleanUpFieldTypes()
14349 wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap::iterator it
;
14350 for( it
= sm_fieldTypes
.begin(); it
!= sm_fieldTypes
.end(); ++it
)
14352 wxRichTextFieldType
* fieldType
= it
->second
;
14356 sm_fieldTypes
.clear();